Iowa Administrative Bulletin
IOWA ADMINISTRATIVE BULLETIN
Published Biweekly VOLUME XXI NUMBER 4 August 12, 1998
Pages 305 to 408
CONTENTS IN THIS ISSUE
Pages 316 to 388 include ARC 8217A to ARC
8246A
ACCOUNTANCY EXAMINING BOARD[193A]
Professional Licensing and Regulation Division[193]
COMMERCE DEPARTMENT[181]"umbrella"
Notice, Noncompliance--college student aid,
9.13, 12.19, 16.9(4) ARC
8229A 316
Notice, Waivers or variances from rules, ch 13
ARC 8235A 317
AGRICULTURE AND LAND STEWARDSHIP
DEPARTMENT[21]
Filed, Commercial feed; pet food, chs 41, 42
ARC 8245A 367
Filed, Pseudorabies--swine, 64.154 to 64.158
ARC 8224A 367
ALL AGENCIES
Schedule for rule making 308
Publication procedures 309
Agency identificatin numbers 313
ARCHITECTURAL EXAMINING BOARD[193B]
Professional Licensing and Regulation Division[193]
COMMERCE DEPARTMENT[181]"umbrella"
Notice, Noncompliance--college student aid,
2.7, 5.25, 6.9(4) ARC
8230A 318
Filed, Communications; waivers or variances
rules, 4.1(7), ch 9 ARC
8234A 368
CITATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE RULES 307
DENTAL EXAMINERS BOARD[650]
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]"umbrella"
Filed Emergency, Nitrous oxide inhalation
analgesia, 29.6 ARC 8246A
364
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA
DEPARTMENT OF[261]
Notice, Housing fund, 25.2, 25.5, 25.8
ARC 8222A 319
Notice, Enterprise zones, 59.1 to 59.13
ARC 8223A 320
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS BOARD[282]
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT[281]"umbrella
Filed, Licensure and authorization fee,
14.30 ARC 8242A 370
ENGINEERING AND LAND SURVEYING
EXAMINING BOARD[193C]
Professional Licensing and Regulation Division[193]
COMMERCE DEPARTMENT[181]"umbrella"
Notice, Signature requirements and unethical
or illegal conduct, 1.30(8),
4.8(5) ARC 8227A 328
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
COMMISSION[567]
NATURAL RESOURCES DEPARTMENT[561]"umbrella"
Notice, Iowa land recycling program and response
action standards, ch 137
ARC 8241A 328
Notice, Beneficial uses of waste tires, ch 219
ARC 8238A 351
Filed Emergency, Agricultural drainage wells,
50.4(1), 52.21(2) ARC
8239A 364
Filed, Coal combustion residue landfills, 103.7
ARC 8240A 370
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice, State payment program, 153.51 to 153.59
ARC 8226A 354
Filed, Transitional Medicaid; home health specified
low-income Medicare
beneficiaries, 75.1
ARC 8217A 372
Filed, Nursing facilities--electronic transmission
of resident assessments,
81.13(9)
ARC 8218A 373
Filed, Managed health care providers, 88.61 to
88.75 ARC 8219A
375
Filed Emergency After Notice, PROMISE JOBS--
nonregistered child care
providers, 93.110(1)
ARC 8220A 365
Filed, Nonpayment of child support, 107.4(6),
107.5(2), 110.12, 110.36
ARC 8221A 383
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]
COMMERCE DEPARTMENT[181]"umbrella"
Filed, Internet advertising by broker-dealers,
investment advisers,
broker-dealer agents, and
investment adviser representatives,
50.35
ARC 8225A 385
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE DIVISION[645]
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]"umbrella"
Filed, Social work examiners, 280.1 to 280.4,
280.8 ARC 8236A 386
PUBLIC FUNDS--AVAILABILITY
Public Health Department[641]
Childhood lead prevention 315
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]
Notice of Public Funds Availability 315
PUBLIC HEARINGS
Summarized list 310
PUBLIC SAFETY DEPARTMENT[661]
Notice, Weapons, 4.1, 4.4, 4.5(2), 4.9
ARC 8233A 360
RACING AND GAMING COMMISSION[491]
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS DEPARTMENT[481]"umbrella"
Notice, Recipients of nonprofit distributions,
20.11(6) ARC 8232A
361
Filed, Satellite terminals and gambling games at
racetracks and on excursion
boats, 1.6(4),
5.1(5), 20.22 ARC 8231A 387
REAL ESTATE COMMISSION[193E]
Professional Licensing and Regulation Division[193]
COMMERCE DEPARTMENT[181]"umbrella"
Notice, E-mail and Internet; waivers or
variances from rules, 1.1, 1.24, ch
8
ARC 8228A 361
SECRETARY OF STATE[721]
Notice Terminated, Constitutional amendment,
21.200(5) ARC 8244A
363
Notice Terminated, Counties and schools
conducting local sales and services
tax elections,
21.803 ARC 8243A 363
SUPREME COURT
Decisions summarized 389
VETERANS AFFAIRS COMMISSION[801]
Filed, Operating procedure, 1.2(3)"a"
ARC 8237A 388
PUBLISHED UNDER AUTHORITY OF IOWA CODE SECTIONS 2B.5 AND
17A.6
__________________________________
PREFACE
The Iowa Administrative Bulletin is published biweekly in pamphlet form
pursuant to Iowa Code chapters 2B and 17A and contains Notices of Intended
Action on rules, Filed and Filed Emergency rules by state agencies.
It also contains Proclamations and Executive Orders of the Governor which are
general and permanent in nature; Economic Impact Statements to proposed rules
and filed emergency rules; Objections filed by Administrative Rules Review
Committee, Governor or the Attorney General; and Delay by the Committee of the
effective date of filed rules; Regulatory Flexibility Analyses and Agenda for
monthly Administrative Rules Review Committee meetings. Other "materials
deemed fitting and proper by the Administrative Rules Review Committee" include
summaries of Public Hearings, Attorney General Opinions and Supreme Court
Decisions.
The Bulletin may also contain Public Funds Interest Rates [12C.6]; Workers'
Compensation Rate Filings [515A.6(7)]; Usury [535.2(3)"a"]; Agricultural Credit
Corporation Maximum Loan Rates [535.12]; and Regional Banking--Notice of
Application and Hearing [524.1905(2)].
PLEASE NOTE: Italics indicate new material added to existing
rules; strike through letters indicate deleted material.
KATHLEEN K. BATES, Administrative Code Editor Telephone: (515)281-3355
ROSEMARY DRAKE, Assistant Editor (515)281-7252
Fax: (515)281-4424
SUBSCRIPTION INFORMATION
Iowa Administrative Bulletin
The Iowa Administrative Bulletin is sold as a separate publication and may be
purchased by subscription or single copy. All subscriptions will expire on
June 30 of each year. Subscriptions must be paid in advance and are prorated
quarterly as follows:
First quarter July 1, 1998, to June 30, 1999 $244.10 plus $12.21 sales
tax
Second quarter October 1, 1998, to June 30, 1999 $185.00 plus $9.25 sales
tax
Third quarter January 1, 1999, to June 30, 1999 $125.00 plus $6.25 sales
tax
Fourth quarter April 1, 1999, to June 30, 1999 $ 65.00 plus $3.25 sales
tax
Single copies may be purchased for $19.00 plus $0.95 tax. Back issues may be
purchased if the issues are available.
Iowa Administrative Code
The Iowa Administrative Code and Supplements are sold in complete sets and
subscription basis only. All subscriptions for the Supplement (replacement
pages) must be for the complete year and will expire on June 30 of each year.
Prices for the Iowa Administrative Code and its Supplements are as follows:
Iowa Administrative Code - $1,119.00 plus $55.95 sales tax
(Price includes 22 volumes of rules and index, plus a one-year subscription to
the Code Supplement and the Iowa Administrative Bulletin.
Additional or replacement binders can be purchased
for $10.90 plus $0.55 tax.)
Iowa Administrative Code Supplement - $393.50 plus $19.68 sales tax
(Subscription expires June 30, 1999)
All checks should be made payable to the Iowa State Printing Division. Send
all inquiries and subscription orders to:
Customer Service Center
Department of General Services
Hoover State Office Building, Level A
Des Moines, IA 50319
Telephone: (515)242-5120
Schedule for Rule Making
1998
NOTICE
SUBMISSION DEADLINE
|
NOTICE
PUB. DATE
|
HEARING
OR COMMENTS 20 DAYS
|
FIRST
POSSIBLE ADOPTION DATE 35 DAYS
|
ADOPTED
FILING DEADLINE
|
ADOPTED
PUB. DATE
|
FIRST
POSSIBLE EFFECTIVE DATE
|
POSSIBLE
EXPIRATION OF NOTICE 180 DAYS
|
Dec.
26 '97
|
Jan.
14 '98
|
Feb.
3
|
Feb.
18
|
Feb.
20
|
Mar.
11
|
Apr.
15
|
July
13
|
Jan.
9 '98
|
Jan.
28
|
Feb.
17
|
Mar.
4
|
Mar.
6
|
Mar.
25
|
Apr.
29
|
July
27
|
Jan.
23
|
Feb.
11
|
Mar.
3
|
Mar.
18
|
Mar.
20
|
Apr.
8
|
May
13
|
Aug.
10
|
Feb.
6
|
Feb.
25
|
Mar.
17
|
Apr.
1
|
Apr.
3
|
Apr.
22
|
May
27
|
Aug.
24
|
Feb.
20
|
Mar.
11
|
Mar.
31
|
Apr.
15
|
Apr.
17
|
May
6
|
June
10
|
Sept.
7
|
Mar.
6
|
Mar.
25
|
Apr.
14
|
Apr.
29
|
May
1
|
May
20
|
June
24
|
Sept.
21
|
Mar.
20
|
Apr.
8
|
Apr.
28
|
May
13
|
May
15
|
June
3
|
July
8
|
Oct.
5
|
Apr.
3
|
Apr.
22
|
May
12
|
May
27
|
May
29
|
June
17
|
July
22
|
Oct.
19
|
Apr.
17
|
May
6
|
May
26
|
June
10
|
June
12
|
July
1
|
Aug.
5
|
Nov.
2
|
May
1
|
May
20
|
June
9
|
June
24
|
June
26
|
July
15
|
Aug.
19
|
Nov.
16
|
May
15
|
June
3
|
June
23
|
July
8
|
July
10
|
July
29
|
Sept.
2
|
Nov.
30
|
May
29
|
June
17
|
July
7
|
July
22
|
July
24
|
Aug.
12
|
Sept.
16
|
Dec.
14
|
June
12
|
July
1
|
July
21
|
Aug.
5
|
Aug.
7
|
Aug.
26
|
Sept.
30
|
Dec.
28
|
June
26
|
July
15
|
Aug.
4
|
Aug.
19
|
Aug.
21
|
Sept.
9
|
Oct.
14
|
Jan.
11 '99
|
July
10
|
July
29
|
Aug.
18
|
Sept.
2
|
Sept.
4
|
Sept.
23
|
Oct.
28
|
Jan.
25 '99
|
July
24
|
Aug.
12
|
Sept.
1
|
Sept.
16
|
Sept.
18
|
Oct.
7
|
Nov.
11
|
Feb.
8 '99
|
Aug.
7
|
Aug.
26
|
Sept.
15
|
Sept.
30
|
Oct.
2
|
Oct.
21
|
Nov.
25
|
Feb.
22 '99
|
Aug.
21
|
Sept.
9
|
Sept.
29
|
Oct.
14
|
Oct.
16
|
Nov.
4
|
Dec.
9
|
Mar.
8 '99
|
Sept.
4
|
Sept.
23
|
Oct.
13
|
Oct.
28
|
Oct.
30
|
Nov.
18
|
Dec.
23
|
Mar.
22 '99
|
Sept.
18
|
Oct.
7
|
Oct.
27
|
Nov.
11
|
Nov.
13
|
Dec.
2
|
Jan.
6 '99
|
Apr.
5 '99
|
Oct.
2
|
Oct.
21
|
Nov.
10
|
Nov.
25
|
Nov.
27
|
Dec.
16
|
Jan.
20 '99
|
Apr.
19 '99
|
Oct.
16
|
Nov.
4
|
Nov.
24
|
Dec.
9
|
Dec.
11
|
Dec.
30
|
Feb.
3 '99
|
May
3 '99
|
Oct.
30
|
Nov.
18
|
Dec.
8
|
Dec.
23
|
Dec.
25
|
Jan.
13 '99
|
Feb.
17 '99
|
May
17 '99
|
Nov.
13
|
Dec.
2
|
Dec.
22
|
Jan.
6 '99
|
Jan.
8 '99
|
Jan.
27 '99
|
Mar.
3 '99
|
May
31 '99
|
Nov.
27
|
Dec.
16
|
Jan.
5 '99
|
Jan.
20 '99
|
Jan.
22 '99
|
Feb.
10 '99
|
Mar.
17 '99
|
June
14 '99
|
Dec.
11
|
Dec.
30
|
Jan.
19 '99
|
Feb.
3 '99
|
Feb.
5 '99
|
Feb.
24 '99
|
Mar.
31 '99
|
June
28 '99
|
Dec.
25
|
Jan.
13 '99
|
Feb.
2 '99
|
Feb.
17 '99
|
Feb.
19 '99
|
Mar.
10 '99
|
Apr.
14 '99
|
July
12 '99
|
Jan.
8 '99
|
Jan.
27 '99
|
Feb.
16 '99
|
Mar.
3 '99
|
Mar.
5 '99
|
Mar.
24 '99
|
Apr.
28 '99
|
July
26 '99
|
PRINTING
SCHEDULE FOR IAB
|
|
|
ISSUE
NUMBER
|
SUBMISSION
DEADLINE
|
ISSUE
DATE
|
6
|
Friday,
August 21, 1998
|
Septemher
9, 1998
|
7
|
Friday,
September 4, 1998
|
September
23, 1998
|
8
|
Friday,
September 18, 1998
|
October
7, 1998
|
PLEASE NOTE:
Rules will not be accepted after 12 o'clock noon on the Friday filing
deadline days unless prior approval has been received from the Administrative
Rules Coordinator's office.
If the filing deadline falls on a legal holiday, submissions made on the
following Monday will be accepted.
PUBLICATION PROCEDURES
TO: Administrative Rules Coordinators and Text Processors of State Agencies
FROM: Kathleen K. Bates, Iowa Administrative Code Editor
SUBJECT: Publication of Rules in Iowa Administrative Bulletin
The Administrative Code Division uses Interleaf 6 to publish the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin and can import documents directly from most other word
processing systems, including Ami Pro, Microsoft Word, Professional Write, Word
for Windows (Word 7 or earlier), and WordPerfect.
1. To facilitate the processing of rule-making documents, we request a
3.5" High Density (not Double Density) IBM PC-compatible
diskette of the rule making. Please indicate on each diskette the following
information: agency name, file name, format used for exporting, and chapter(s)
amended. Diskettes may be delivered to the Administrative Code Division, 4th
Floor, Lucas State Office Building or included with the documents submitted to
the Governor's Administrative Rules Coordinator.
2. Alternatively, if you have Internet E-mail access, you may send your
document as an attachment to an E-mail message, addressed to both of the
following:
bcarr@legis.state.ia.us
kbates@legis.state.ia.us
Please note that changes made prior to publication of the rule-making documents
are reflected on the hard copy returned to agencies by the Governor's office;
diskettes are returned unchanged.
Your cooperation helps us print the Bulletin more quickly and cost-effectively
than was previously possible and is greatly appreciated.
PUBLIC HEARINGS
To All Agencies:
The Administrative Rules Review Committee voted to request that Agencies comply
with Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b" by allowing the opportunity for oral
presentation (hearing) to be held at least twenty days after publication
of Notice in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin.
AGENCY
|
HEARING
LOCATION
|
DATE
AND TIME OF HEARING
|
ARTS
DIVISION[222]
|
|
|
Policies
and programs, amend chs 1, 2, 6, 18, 20; adopt chs 3, 4; rescind chs 5,
7, 8, 10 to 14, 21, 24, 25 IAB 7/29/98 ARC 8193A
|
Director's
Conference Room Third Floor West State Historical Bldg. 600 E. Locust
St. Des Moines, Iowa
|
August
18, 1998 10 a.m.
|
CORRECTIONS
DEPARTMENT[201]
|
|
|
Sex
offender management and treatment, ch 38 IAB 7/29/98 ARC
8213A (See also ARC 8214A)
|
Conference
Room 523 E. 12th St. Des Moines, Iowa
|
August
18, 1998 9 to 11 a.m.
|
ECONOMIC
DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT OF[261]
|
|
|
Housing
fund, 25.2, 25.5, 25.8 IAB 8/12/98 ARC 8222A
|
Main
Conference Room 200 E. Grand Ave. Des Moines, Iowa
|
September
1, 1998 2 p.m.
|
Enterprise
zones, 59.1 to 59.13 IAB 8/12/98 ARC 8223A
|
Main
Conference Room 200 E. Grand Ave. Des Moines, Iowa
|
September
1, 1998 3 to 4 p.m.
|
ENVIRONMENTAL
PROTECTION COMMISSION[567]
|
|
|
Land
recycling and response action standards, ch 137 IAB 8/12/98 ARC
8241A
|
Conference
Room--4th Floor Wallace State Office Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
September
1, 1998 1:30 p.m.
|
|
Community
Room (next door to City Hall) 111 N. Main Denison, Iowa
|
September
2, 1998 1:30 p.m.
|
|
Iowa
Rooms A and B--3rd Floor Iowa Hall Kirkwood Community College Cedar
Rapids, Iowa
|
September
3, 1998 1:30 p.m.
|
Beneficial
uses of waste tires, ch 219 IAB 8/12/98 ARC 8238A
|
Conference
Room--5th Floor East Wallace State Office Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
September
2, 1998 1 p.m.
|
HUMAN
SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
|
|
|
State
payment program, 153.51 to 153.59 IAB 8/12/98 ARC 8226A
|
Conference
Room--6th Floor Iowa Bldg., Suite 600 411 Third St. S.E. Cedar Rapids,
Iowa
|
September
3, 1998 10 a.m.
|
|
Administrative
Conference Room 417 E. Kanesville Blvd. Council Bluffs, Iowa
|
September
2, 1998 10 a.m.
|
|
Conference
Room 3--5th Floor Bicentennial Bldg. 428 Western Davenport, Iowa
|
September
2, 1998 10 a.m.
|
|
Conference
Room 104 City View Plaza 1200 University Des Moines, Iowa
|
September
3, 1998 10 a.m.
|
|
Liberty
Room Mohawk Square 22 N. Georgia Ave. Mason City, Iowa
|
September
3, 1998 10:30 a.m.
|
|
Conference
Room 2 120 E. Main Ottumwa, Iowa
|
September
4, 1998 10 a.m.
|
|
Conference
Room B--5th Floor 520 Nebraska St. Sioux City, Iowa
|
September
2, 1998 9 a.m.
|
|
Conference
Room 420 Pinecrest Office Bldg. 1407 Independence Ave. Waterloo, Iowa
|
September
2, 1998 10:30 a.m.
|
LABOR
SERVICES DIVISION[347]
|
|
|
General
industry safety and health, 10.20 IAB 7/29/98 ARC 8209A
|
1000
E. Grand Ave. Des Moines, Iowa
|
August
20, 1998 9 a.m. (If requested)
|
Construction
safety and health, 26.1 IAB 7/29/98 ARC 8207A
|
1000
E. Grand Ave. Des Moines, Iowa
|
August
20, 1998 9 a.m. (If requested)
|
NURSING
BOARD[655]
|
|
|
LPN
scope of practice, 6.2(5), 6.3, 6.5, 6.6 IAB 7/15/98 ARC 8145A
|
Ballroom Kirkwood
Civic Center Hotel 4th and Walnut Des Moines, Iowa
|
September
2, 1998 7 p.m.
|
PHARMACY
EXAMINERS BOARD[657]
|
|
|
Long-term
care pharmacies, ch 23 IAB 7/29/98 ARC 8212A
|
Conference
Room Omega Place--Suite 16 8515 Douglas Ave. Des Moines, Iowa
|
September
14, 1998 1 p.m.
|
PUBLIC
HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]
|
|
|
Volunteer
health care provider program, 88.1 to 88.3, 88.11 IAB 7/29/98 ARC
8197A (See also ARC 8198A)
|
Conference
Room--3rd Floor Side 2 Lucas State Office Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
August
18, 1998 10 to 11 a.m.
|
PUBLIC
SAFETY DEPARTMENT[661]
|
|
|
Weapons, 4.1,
4.4, 4.5(2), 4.9 IAB 8/12/98 ARC 8233A
|
Conference
Room--3rd Floor Wallace State Office Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
September
3, 1998 9:30 a.m.
|
RACING
AND GAMING COMMISSION[491]
|
|
|
Recipients
of nonprofit distributions, 20.11(6) IAB 8/12/98 ARC 8232A
|
Suite
B 717 E. Court Des Moines, Iowa
|
September
1, 1998 9 a.m.
|
REAL
ESTATE COMMISSION[193E]
|
|
|
E-mail
and Internet; waivers or variances from rules, 1.1, 1.24; ch 8 IAB
8/12/98 ARC 8228A
|
Conference
Room--2nd Floor Department of Commerce Bldg. 1918 S.E.
Hulsizer Ankeny, Iowa
|
September
1, 1998 9 a.m.
|
CITATION of Administrative Rules
The Iowa Administrative Code
shall be cited as (agency identification number) IAC
(chapter, rule,
subrule, lettered paragraph, or numbered subparagraph).
441 IAC 79
(Chapter)
441 IAC 79.1(249A) (Rule)
441 IAC 79.1(1)
(Subrule)
441 IAC 79.1(1)"a" (Paragraph)
441 IAC
79.1(1)"a"(1) (Subparagraph)
The Iowa Administrative Bulletin shall
be cited as IAB (volume), (number), (publication
date), (page number), (ARC
number).
IAB Vol. XII, No. 23 (5/16/90) p. 2050, ARC 872A
AGENCY IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS
Due to reorganization of state government by 1986 Iowa Acts, chapter 1245, it
was necessary to revise the agency identification numbering system, i.e., the
bracketed number following the agency name.
"Umbrella" agencies and elected officials are set out below at the left-hand
margin in CAPITAL letters.
Divisions (boards, commissions, etc.) are indented and set out in lowercase
type under their statutory "umbrellas."
Other autonomous agencies which were not included in the original
reorganization legislation as "umbrella" agencies are included alphabetically
in small capitals at the left-hand margin, e.g., BEEF INDUSTRY COUNCIL,
IOWA[101].
The following list will be updated as changes occur:
AGRICULTURE AND LAND STEWARDSHIP DEPARTMENT[21]
Agricultural Development Authority[25]
Soil Conservation Division[27]
ATTORNEY GENERAL[61]
AUDITOR OF STATE[81]
BEEF INDUSTRY COUNCIL, IOWA[101]
BLIND, DEPARTMENT FOR THE[111]
CITIZENS' AIDE[141]
CIVIL RIGHTS COMMISSION[161]
COMMERCE DEPARTMENT[181]
Alcoholic Beverages Division[185]
Banking Division[187]
Credit Union Division[189]
Insurance Division[191]
Professional Licensing and Regulation Division[193]
Accountancy Examining Board[193A]
Architectural Examining Board[193B]
Engineering and Land Surveying Examining Board[193C]
Landscape Architectural Examining Board[193D]
Real Estate Commission[193E]
Real Estate Appraiser Examining Board[193F]
Savings and Loan Division[197]
Utilities Division[199]
CORRECTIONS DEPARTMENT[201]
Parole Board[205]
CULTURAL AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[221]
Arts Division[222]
Historical Division[223]
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT OF[261]
City Development Board[263]
Iowa Finance Authority[265]
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT[281]
Educational Examiners Board[282]
College Student Aid Commission[283]
Higher Education Loan Authority[284]
Iowa Advance Funding Authority[285]
Libraries and Information Services Division[286]
Public Broadcasting Division[288]
School Budget Review Committee[289]
EGG COUNCIL[301]
ELDER AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[321]
EMPLOYMENT SERVICES DEPARTMENT[341]
Job Service Division[345]
Labor Services Division[347]
EMPOWERMENT BOARD, IOWA[349]
ETHICS AND CAMPAIGN DISCLOSURE BOARD, IOWA[351]
EXECUTIVE COUNCIL[361]
FAIR BOARD[371]
GENERAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT[401]
HUMAN INVESTMENT COUNCIL[417]
HUMAN RIGHTS DEPARTMENT[421]
Community Action Agencies Division[427]
Criminal and Juvenile Justice Planning Division[428]
Deaf Services Division[429]
Persons With Disabilities Division[431]
Latino Affairs Division[433]
Status of Blacks Division[434]
Status of Women Division[435]
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS DEPARTMENT[481]
Employment Appeal Board[486]
Foster Care Review Board[489]
Racing and Gaming Commission[491]
State Public Defender[493]
INTERNATIONAL NETWORK ON TRADE (INTERNET)[497]
LAW ENFORCEMENT ACADEMY[501]
LIVESTOCK HEALTH ADVISORY COUNCIL[521]
MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT[541]
Appeal Board, State[543]
City Finance Committee[545]
County Finance Committee[547]
NARCOTICS ENFORCEMENT ADVISORY COUNCIL[551]
NATIONAL AND COMMUNITY SERVICE, IOWA COMMISSION ON[555]
NATURAL RESOURCES DEPARTMENT[561]
Energy and Geological Resources Division[565]
Environmental Protection Commission[567]
Natural Resource Commission[571]
Preserves, State Advisory Board[575]
PERSONNEL DEPARTMENT[581]
PETROLEUM UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK FUND
BOARD, IOWA COMPREHENSIVE[591]
PREVENTION OF DISABILITIES POLICY COUNCIL[597]
PUBLIC DEFENSE DEPARTMENT[601]
Emergency Management Division[605]
Military Division[611]
PUBLIC EMPLOYMENT RELATIONS BOARD[621]
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]
Substance Abuse Commission[643]
Professional Licensure Division[645]
Dental Examiners Board[650]
Medical Examiners Board[653]
Nursing Board[655]
Pharmacy Examiners Board[657]
PUBLIC SAFETY DEPARTMENT[661]
RECORDS COMMISSION[671]
REGENTS BOARD[681]
Archaeologist[685]
REVENUE AND FINANCE DEPARTMENT[701]
Lottery Division[705]
SECRETARY OF STATE[721]
SEED CAPITAL CORPORATION, IOWA[727]
SESQUICENTENNIAL COMMISSION, IOWA STATEHOOD[731]
SHEEP AND WOOL PROMOTION BOARD, IOWA[741]
TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND TECHNOLOGY COMMISSION, IOWA[751]
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]
Railway Finance Authority[765]
TREASURER OF STATE[781]
UNIFORM STATE LAWS COMMISSION[791]
VETERANS AFFAIRS COMMISSION[801]
VETERINARY MEDICINE BOARD[811]
VOTER REGISTRATION COMMISSION[821]
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT[871]
Labor Services Division[875]
Workers' Compensation Division[876]
Workforce Development Board and
Workforce Development Center Administration
Division[877]
NOTICES
ARC 8229A
ACCOUNTANCY EXAMINING BOARD[193A]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or
association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as
provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."
Notice is also given
to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own
motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed
action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public
or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 542C.3, the Iowa Accountancy
Examining Board hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 9,
"Permits to Practice," Chapter 12, "Procedure for Enforcement," and Chapter 16,
"Public Records and Fair Information Prac-tices," Iowa Administrative Code.
The amendments to Chapters 9 and 12 outline procedures to be followed when the
board receives a certificate of non-compliance from the College Student Aid
Commission in accordance with 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170. The amendment
to Chapter 16 allows the board to share information regarding registrants with
the College Student Aid Commission.
Consideration will be given to all written suggestions or comments on the
proposed amendments received on or before September 1, 1998. Comments should
be addressed to Glenda Loving, Accountancy Examining Board, 1918 S.E. Hulsizer,
Ankeny, Iowa 50021, or faxed to (515)281-7411. E-mail may be sent to
glenda.loving@comm7.state.ia.us.
These amendments are intended to implement 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Adopt new rule 193A--9.13(77GA,SF2170) as follows:
193A--9.13(77GA,SF2170) Issuance or renewal of a certificate of
registration--denial. The board shall deny the issuance or renewal of a
certificate of registration upon receipt of a certificate of noncompliance from
the college student aid commission according to the procedures set forth in
1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170. In addition to those procedures, this rule
shall apply.
9.13(1) The notice required by 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170,
section 6, shall be served by restricted certified mail, return receipt
requested, or by personal service in accordance with the Iowa Rules of Civil
Procedure. Alternatively, the applicant or registrant may accept service
personally or through authorized counsel.
9.13(2) The effective date of the denial of the issuance or renewal of
a certificate of registration, as specified in the notice required by 1998 Iowa
Acts, Senate File 2170, section 6, shall be 60 days following service of the
notice upon the applicant or registrant.
9.13(3) The board's executive secretary is authorized to prepare and
serve the notice required by 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170, section 6, upon
the applicant or registrant.
9.13(4) Applicants and registrants shall keep the board informed of all
court actions and all college student aid commission actions taken under or in
connection with Iowa Code chapter 261 and shall provide the board copies,
within seven days of filing or issuance, of all applications filed with the
district court pursuant to 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170, section 7, all
court orders entered in such actions, and withdrawals of certificates of
noncompliance by the college student aid commission.
9.13(5) All board fees required for application, registration renewal
or registration reinstatement must be paid by applicants or registrants, and
all continuing education requirements must be met before a certificate of
registration will be issued, renewed, or reinstated after the board has denied
the issuance or renewal of a certificate of registration pursuant to Iowa Code
chapter 261.
9.13(6) In the event an applicant or registrant timely files a district
court action following service of a board notice pursuant to 1998 Iowa Acts,
Senate File 2170, sections 6 and 7, the board shall continue with the intended
action described in the notice upon the receipt of a court order lifting the
stay, dismissing the action, or otherwise directing the board to proceed. For
purposes of determining the effective date of the denial of the issuance or
renewal of a certificate of registration, the board shall count the number of
days before the action was filed and the number of days after the action was
disposed of by the court.
9.13(7) The board shall notify the applicant or registrant in writing
through regular first-class mail, or such other means as the board deems
appropriate in the circumstances, within ten days of the effective date of the
denial of the issuance or renewal of a certificate of registration, and shall
similarly notify the applicant or registrant when the certificate of
registration is issued or renewed following the board's receipt of a withdrawal
of the certificate of noncompliance.
ITEM 2. Amend the implementation sentence at the end of 193A--Chapter 9
as follows:
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section 542C.20 and Iowa Code
Supplement chapter 252J and chapter 261 as amended by 1998
Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170.
ITEM 3. Adopt new rule 193A--12.19(77GA,SF2170) as follows:
193A--12.19(77GA,SF2170) Suspension or revocation of a certificate of
registration--student loan. The board shall suspend or revoke a
certificate of registration upon receipt of a certificate of noncompliance from
the college student aid commission according to the procedures set forth in
1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170. In addition to those provisions, this rule
shall apply.
12.19(1) The notice required by 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170,
section 6, shall be served by restricted certified mail, return receipt
requested, or by personal service in accordance with the Iowa Rules of Civil
Procedure. Alternatively, the applicant or registrant may accept service
personally or through authorized counsel.
12.19(2) The effective date of revocation or suspension of a
certificate of registration, as specified in the notice required by 1998 Iowa
Acts, Senate File 2170, section 6, shall be 60 days following service of the
notice upon the applicant or registrant.
12.19(3) The board's executive secretary is authorized to prepare and
serve the notice required by 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170, section 6, and
is directed to notify the licensee that the certificate of registration will be
suspended, unless the certificate of registration is already suspended on other
grounds. In the event a certificate of registration is on suspension, the
executive secretary shall notify the registrant of the board's intention to
revoke the certificate of licensure.
12.19(4) Registrants shall keep the board informed of all court actions
and all college student aid commission actions taken under or in connection
with Iowa Code chapter 261 and shall provide the board copies, within seven
days of filing or issuance, of all applications filed with the district court
pursuant to 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170, section 7, all court orders
entered in such actions, and withdrawals of certificates of noncompliance by
the college student aid commission.
12.19(5) All board fees required for registration renewal or
registration reinstatement must be paid by registrants and all continuing
education requirements must be met before a certificate of registration will be
renewed or reinstated after the board has suspended or revoked a license
pursuant to Iowa Code chapter 261.
12.19(6) In the event a registrant timely files a district court action
following service of a board notice pursuant to 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File
2170, sections 6 and 7, the board shall continue with the intended action
described in the notice upon the receipt of a court order lifting the stay,
dismissing the action, or otherwise directing the board to proceed. For
purposes of determining the effective date of the denial of the issuance or
renewal of a certificate of registration, the board shall count the number of
days before the action was filed and the number of days after the action was
disposed of by the court.
12.19(7) The board shall notify the registrant in writing through
regular first-class mail, or such other means as the board deems appropriate in
the circumstances, within ten days of the effective date of the suspension or
revocation of a certificate of registration, and shall similarly notify the
registrant when the certificate of registration is reinstated following the
board's receipt of a withdrawal of the certificate of noncompliance.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 261 as amended by 1998
Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170.
ITEM 4. Adopt new subrule 16.9(4) as follows:
16.9(4) Notwithstanding any statutory confidentiality provision, the
board may share information with the college student aid commission for the
sole purpose of identifying applicants or registrants subject to enforcement
under 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170.
ITEM 5. Amend the implementation sentence at the end of 193A--Chapter
16 as follows:
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section 22.11 and Iowa Code
Supplement chapter 252J and chapter 261 as amended by 1998
Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170.
ARC 8235A
ACCOUNTANCY EXAMINING BOARD[193A]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or
association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as
provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."
Notice is also given
to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own
motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed
action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public
or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 542C.3, the Iowa Accountancy
Examining Board hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to adopt a new Chapter
13, "Waivers or Variances from Rules," Iowa Administrative Code.
New Chapter 13 allows the board to consider a waiver or variance from
administrative rules, provides registrants with the procedures necessary to
request a waiver or variance and outlines the board's responsibilities when a
request is submitted.
Consideration will be given to all written suggestions or comments on the
proposed amendment received on or before September 1, 1998. Comments should be
addressed to Glenda Loving, Accountancy Examining Board, 1918 S.E. Hulsizer,
Ankeny, Iowa 50021, or faxed to (515)281-7411. E-mail may be sent to
glenda.loving@comm7.state.ia.us.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 17A and 542C.
The following amendment is proposed:
Adopt new 193A--Chapter 13 as follows:
CHAPTER 13
WAIVERS OR VARIANCES FROM RULES
193A--13.1(542C) Applicability. This chapter governs waivers or
variances from board rules in the following circumstances: The board has
exclusive rule-making authority to promulgate the rule from which the waiver or
variance is requested or has final decision-making authority over a contested
case in which waiver or variance is requested; and no statute or rule otherwise
controls the grant of a waiver or variance from the rule from which the waiver
or variance is requested.
13.1(1) Board's authority. The board may grant a waiver of, or
variance from, all or part of a rule, upon the criteria described in rule
13.2(542C).
13.1(2) Compliance with statute. No waiver or variance may be
granted from a requirement which is imposed by statute. Any waiver or variance
must be consistent with statute.
193A--13.2(542C) Criteria. A waiver or variance under this chapter may
be granted only upon showing that:
1. Substantially equal protection of the public interest will be afforded by a
means other than that prescript in the particular rule for which the variance
or waiver is requested;
2. The waiver or variance will not harm other persons or will not adversely
affect the public interest;
3. Because of the circumstances, either the requester is unable to comply with
the particular rule without undue hardship or compliance with the particular
rule would be unnecessarily and unreasonably costly and serve no public
benefit; and
4. Provision of a waiver or variance under the circumstances would not
adversely impact an overall goal of uniform treatment of all licensees.
193A--13.3(542C) Request. A request for a waiver or variance must be
submitted in writing to the board as follows:
13.3(1) License application. If the request relates to a
license application, the request shall be made in accordance with the filing
requirements for the license in question.
13.3(2) Contested case. If the request relates to a pending
contested case, the request shall be filed in the contested case proceeding.
13.3(3) Other. If the request does not relate to a license
application or a pending contested case, the request may be submitted to the
board's executive secretary.
193A--13.4(542C) Elements. A request for waiver or variance shall
include the following information where applicable:
1. The name, address, and telephone number of the person requesting the waiver
or variance and the person's representative, if any.
2. The specific rule from which a waiver or variance is requested.
3. The nature of the waiver or variance requested, including any alternative
means or other proposed condition or modification proposed to achieve the
purpose of the rule.
4. An explanation of the reason for the waiver or variance, including all
material facts relevant to grant the waiver or variance in question.
5. A description of any prior contact between the board and the requester
relating to the regulated activity or license affected by the proposed waiver
or variance, including a description of each affected license held by the
requester, any notices of violation, contested case hearings, or investigative
reports relating to the regulated activity or license within the last five
years.
6. The name, address, and telephone number of any public agency or political
subdivision which also regulates the activity in question or which might be
affected by a grant of waiver or variance.
7. Any information known to the requester regarding the board's treatment of
similar cases.
8. The name, address, and telephone number of any person with knowledge of the
relevant facts relating to the proposed waiver or variance.
9. Any necessary releases of information authorizing persons with knowledge to
disclose relevant information to the board.
193A--13.5(542C) Ruling. The board shall respond in writing to all
requests. The ruling shall include the reason for granting or denying the
request and, if approved, the time period during which the waiver or variance
is effective. The board may condition the grant of waiver or variance on such
reasonable conditions as appropriate to achieve the objectives of the
particular rule in question through alternative means.
193A--13.6(542C) Public availability. All final rulings in response to
requests for waivers or variances shall be indexed and available to members of
the public at the board office.
193A--13.7(542C) Voiding or cancellation. A waiver or variance is void
if the material facts upon which the request is based are not true or if
material facts have been withheld. The board may at any time cancel a waiver
or variance upon appropriate notice and hearing if the board finds that the
facts as stated in the request are not true, material facts have been withheld,
the alternative means of compliance provided in the waiver or variance has
failed to achieve the objectives of the statute, or the requester has failed to
comply with conditions set forth in the waiver or variance approval.
193A--13.8(542C) Violations. Violation of conditions in the waiver or
variance approval is the equivalent of violation of the particular rule for
which the waiver or variance is granted and is subject to the same remedies or
penalties.
193A--13.9(542C) Appeals. Any request for an appeal from a decision
granting or denying a waiver or variance shall be in accordance with the
procedures provided in Iowa Code chapter 17A and this chapter. An appeal shall
be taken within 30 days of the issuance of the ruling in response to the
request unless a contrary time is provided by rule or statute.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 542C.
ARC 8230A
ARCHITECTURAL EXAMINING BOARD[193B]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or
association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as
provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."
Notice is also given
to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own
motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed
action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public
or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 544A.29, the Iowa Architectural
Examining Board hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 2,
"Registration," Chapter 5, "Disciplinary Action," and Chapter 6, "PublicRecords
and Fair Information Practices," Iowa Administrative Code.
The amendments to Chapters 2 and 5 outline procedures to be followed when the
board receives a certificate of noncompliance from the College Student Aid
Commission in accordance with 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170. The amendment
to Chapter 6 allows the board to share information regarding registrants with
the College Student Aid Commission.
Consideration will be given to all written suggestions or comments on the
proposed amendments received on or before September 1, 1998. Comments should
be addressed to Glenda Loving, Architectural Examining Board, 1918 S.E.
Hulsizer, Ankeny, Iowa 50021, or faxed to (515)281-7411. E-mail may be sent to
glenda.loving@comm7.state.ia.us.
These amendments are intended to implement 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Adopt new rule 193B--2.7(77GA,SF2170) as follows:
193B--2.7(77GA,SF2170) Issuance or renewal of a certificate of
registration--denial. The board shall deny the issuance or renewal of a
certificate of registration upon receipt of a certificate of noncompliance from
the college student aid commission according to the procedures set forth in
1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170. In addition to those procedures, this rule
shall apply.
2.7(1) The notice required by 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170, section
6, shall be served by restricted certified mail, return receipt requested, or
by personal service in accordance with the Iowa Rules of Civil Procedure.
Alternatively, the applicant or registrant may accept service personally or
through authorized counsel.
2.7(2) The effective date of the denial of the issuance or renewal of a
certificate of registration, as specified in the notice required by 1998 Iowa
Acts, Senate File 2170, section 6, shall be 60 days following service of the
notice upon the applicant or registrant.
2.7(3) The board's executive secretary is authorized to prepare and
serve the notice required by 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170, section 6, upon
the applicant or registrant.
2.7(4) Applicants and registrants shall keep the board informed of all
court actions and all college student aid commission actions taken under or in
connection with Iowa Code chapter 261 and shall provide the board copies,
within seven days of filing or issuance, of all applications filed with the
district court pursuant to 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170, section 7, all
court orders entered in such actions, and withdrawals of certificates of
noncompliance by the college student aid commission.
2.7(5) All board fees required for application, registration renewal or
registration reinstatement must be paid by applicants or registrants, and all
continuing education requirements must be met before a certificate of
registration will be issued, renewed, or reinstated after the board has denied
the issuance or renewal of a certificate of registration pursuant to Iowa Code
chapter 261.
2.7(6) In the event an applicant or registrant timely files a district
court action following service of a board notice pursuant to 1998 Iowa Acts,
Senate File 2170, sections 6 and 7, the board shall continue with the intended
action described in the notice upon the receipt of a court order lifting the
stay, dismissing the action, or otherwise directing the board to proceed. For
purposes of determining the effective date of the denial of the issuance or
renewal of a certificate of registration, the board shall count the number of
days before the action was filed and the number of days after the action was
disposed of by the court.
2.7(7) The board shall notify the applicant or registrant in writing
through regular first-class mail, or such other means as the board deems
appropriate in the circumstances, within ten days of the effective date of the
denial of the issuance or renewal of a certificate of registration, and shall
similarly notify the applicant or registrant when the certificate of
registration is issued or renewed following the board's receipt of a withdrawal
of the certificate of noncompliance.
ITEM 2. Amend the implementation sentence at the end of 193B--Chapter 2
as follows:
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 544.5, 544A.8 to
544A.11, 544A.21, 272C.2 and 272C.4 and, Iowa Code
Supplement chapter 252J and chapter 261 as amended by 1998
Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170.
ITEM 3. Adopt new rule 193B--5.25(77GA,SF2170) as follows:
193B--5.25(77GA,SF2170) Suspension or revocation of a certificate of
registration--student loan. The board shall suspend or revoke a
certificate of registration upon receipt of a certificate of noncompliance from
the college student aid commission according to the procedures set forth in
1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170. In addition to those provisions, this rule
shall apply.
5.25(1) The notice required by 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170,
section 6, shall be served by restricted certified mail, return receipt
requested, or by personal service in accordance with the Iowa Rules of Civil
Procedure. Alternatively, the applicant or registrant may accept service
personally or through authorized counsel.
5.25(2) The effective date of revocation or suspension of a certificate
of registration, as specified in the notice required by 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate
File 2170, section 6, shall be 60 days following service of the notice upon the
applicant or registrant.
5.25(3) The board's executive secretary is authorized to prepare and
serve the notice required by 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170, section 6, and
is directed to notify the licensee that the certificate of registration will be
suspended, unless the certificate of registration is already suspended on other
grounds. In the event a certificate of registration is on suspension, the
executive secretary shall notify the registrant of the board's intention to
revoke the certificate of licensure.
5.25(4) Registrants shall keep the board informed of all court actions
and all college student aid commission actions taken under or in connection
with Iowa Code chapter 261 and shall provide the board copies, within seven
days of filing or issuance, of all applications filed with the district court
pursuant to 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170, section 7, all court orders
entered in such actions, and withdrawals of certificates of noncompliance by
the college student aid commission.
5.25(5) All board fees required for registration renewal or
registration reinstatement must be paid by registrants and all continuing
education requirements must be met before a certificate of registration will be
renewed or reinstated after the board has suspended or revoked a license
pursuant to Iowa Code chapter 261.
5.25(6) In the event a registrant timely files a district court action
following service of a board notice pursuant to 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File
2170, sections 6 and 7, the board shall continue with the intended action
described in the notice upon the receipt of a court order lifting the stay,
dismissing the action, or otherwise directing the board to proceed. For
purposes of determining the effective date of the denial of the issuance or
renewal of a certificate of registration, the board shall count the number of
days before the action was filed and the number of days after the action was
disposed of by the court.
5.25(7) The board shall notify the registrant in writing through
regular first-class mail, or such other means as the board deems appropriate in
the circumstances, within ten days of the effective date of the suspension or
revocation of a certificate of registration, and shall similarly notify the
registrant when the certificate of registration is reinstated following the
board's receipt of a withdrawal of the certificate of noncompliance.
ITEM 4. Amend the implementation sentence at the end of 193B--Chapter 5
as follows:
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 17A, 252J, 272C, and
544A and chapter 261 as amended by 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File
2170.
ITEM 5. Adopt new subrule 6.9(4) as follows:
6.9(4) Notwithstanding any statutory confidentiality provision, the
board may share information with the college student aid commission for the
sole purpose of identifying applicants or registrants subject to enforcement
under 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170.
ITEM 6. Amend the implementation sentence at the end of 193B--Chapter 6
as follows:
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section 22.11
and, Iowa Code Supplement chapter
252J and chapter 261 as amended by 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170.
ARC 8222A
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT OF[261]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or
association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as
provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."
Notice is also given
to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own
motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed
action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public
or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 15.104 and 15.106, the Iowa
Department of Economic Development hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to
amend Chapter 25, "Housing Fund," Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments (1) provide for an annual competition for HOME projects
jointly funded with affordable housing tax credits; (2) provide for the
potential use of a limited amount of Community Development Block Grant (CDBG)
funds for homeless shelter rehabilitation activities; and (3) allow a limit to
be set on the amount of funds expended for any single activity type.
Public comments concerning the proposed amendments will be accepted until 4:30
p.m. on September 1, 1998. Interested persons may submit written or oral
comments by contacting Monica Fischer, Department of Economic Development, 200
East Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50309; telephone (515)242-4797.
A public hearing to receive comments about the proposed amendments will be held
on September 1, 1998, at 2 p.m. at the above address in the IDED main
conference room. Individuals interested in providing comments at the hearing
should contact Monica Fischer by 4 p.m. on August 31, 1998, to be placed on the
hearing agenda.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section 15.108(1)"a."
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 261--25.2(15) by adding the following
new definitions in alphabetical order:
"AHTC" means affordable housing tax credits and federal tax incentives created
through the Tax Reform Act of 1986 and allocated through the Iowa finance
authority for affordable rental housing development.
"IFA" means the Iowa finance authority.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 25.5(4) as follows:
25.5(4) Housing fund applications which the staff contacts determine
are ready for review by the last working day of a month shall be reviewed and
responded to in the following month to the extent funds are
available. Once funds have been expended, IDED reserves the right to
hold applications for review until after the next allocation of funds from
HUD.
ITEM 3. Amend rule 261--25.5(15) by adding the following new
subrule:
25.5(5) Applications for rental housing activities proposed to be
funded jointly through the housing fund and the affordable housing tax credit
program shall be reviewed and award decisions made through an annual
competition for funds reserved for this purpose under subrule
25.8(3).Applicants shall be required to submit a housing fund/affordable
housing tax credit application supplement to IDED by the deadline established
by IFA for the submission of AHTC applications. IDED shall distribute
information about the application procedure to potential applicants with IFA's
annual AHTC program announcement.
ITEM 4. Amend rule 261--25.8(15) as follows:
261--25.8(15) Allocation of funds.
25.8(1) IDED may retain a portion of the amount provided for at
261--subrule 23.6(1) of the state's annual CDBG allocation from HUD and up to
10 percent of the state's annual HOME allocation from HUD for administrative
costs associated with program implementation and operation.
25.8(2) Not less than 15 percent of the state's annual HOME allocation
shall be reserved for eligible housing activities proposed by CHDOs.
25.8(3) Up to 75 percent of the state's annual HOME
allocation shall be reserved for rental housing activities jointly funded with
HOME and affordable housing tax credits.
25.8(4) IDED reserves the right to allocate up to 5 percent
of CDBG funds allocated to the housing fund for the emergency repair of
homeless shelters. Recipients funded for this purpose shall not be required to
follow the application procedure set forth in rule 261--25.5(15).
25.8(3)(5) IDED will determine the appropriate
source of funding, either CDBG or HOME, for each housing fund award based on
factors including the availability of funds, the nature of the housing activity
and the recipient type.
25.8(6) IDED reserves the right to limit the amount of funds
that shall be awarded for any single activity type.
25.8(4)(7) Awards shall be limited to no more
than $700,000.
25.8(5)(8) The maximum per unit housing fund
subsidy is $24,999.
25.8(6)(9) Recipients shall justify
administrative costs in the housing fund application. IDED reserves the right
to negotiate the amount of funds provided for administration, but in no case
shall the amount exceed 15 percent of a total housing fund award.
25.8(7)(10) IDED reserves the right to
negotiate the amount and terms of a housing fund award.
25.8(8)(11) IDED reserves the right to make
award decisions such that the state maintains the required level of local match
to HOME funds.
25.8(9)(12) IDED reserves the right to allocate
a portion of funds to comprehensive areawide housing programs. Potential
recipients shall be identified through a request for qualifications of entities
interested in and capable of operating an areawide program. Areawide program
proposals shall be evaluated on and awards negotiated on the targeted number of
beneficiaries to be assisted across income levels, household types and unmet
housing needs, rather than on specific activities.
ARC 8223A
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT OF[261]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or
association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as
provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."
Notice is also given
to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own
motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed
action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public
or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 15.104 and 15.106, the Iowa
Department of Economic Development hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to
amend Chapter 59, "Enterprise Zones," Iowa Administrative Code.
Numerous statutory revisions affecting the Enterprise Zone program were enacted
during the 1998 legislative session. The key changes include modifications of
the composition of city enterprise zone commissions; the adoption of
alternative criteria by which businesses located within 35 miles of an
enterprise zone may qualify for benefits; and inclusion of new provisions that
permit eligible housing businesses (housing developers or housing contractors)
to qualify for Enterprise Zone program incentives. The proposed amendments
incorporate these statutory changes.
Public comments concerning the proposed amendments will be accepted until 4:30
p.m. on September 1, 1998. Interested persons may submit written or oral
comments by contacting Bob Henningsen, Business Development Division,
Department of Economic Development, 200 East Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa
50309; telephone (515) 242-4725.
A public hearing to receive comments about the proposed new chapter will be
held on September 1, 1998, from 3 to4 p.m. at the above address in the IDED
Main Conference Room. Individuals interested in providing comments at the
hearing should contact Bob Henningsen by 4 p.m. on August 31, 1998, to be
placed on the hearing agenda.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code Supplement sections
15E.191 through 15E.196 as amended by 1998 Iowa Acts, House Files 2164, 2395,
section 17, and 2538.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 261--59.1(15E) as follows:
261--59.1(15E) Purpose. The purpose of the establishment of an
enterprise zone in a county or city is to promote new economic development in
economically distressed areas. Eligible businesses (including eligible
housing businesses) locating or located in an enterprise zone are
authorized under this program to receive certain tax incentives and assistance.
The intent of the program is to encourage communities to target resources in
ways that attract productive private investment in economically distressed
areas within a county or city.
ITEM 2. Amend the definitions of "Act" and "Commission" in rule
261--59.2(15E) as follows:
"Act" means Iowa Code Supplement sections 15E.191 through 15E.196 as amended
by 1998 Iowa Acts, House Files 2164, 2395, section 17, and 2538.
"Commission" or "enterprise zone commission" means the enterprise zone
commission established by a city or county within a designated
enterprise zone. to review applications for incentives and
assistance for businesses located within or requesting to locate within
certified enterprise zones over which the enterprise zone commission has
jurisdiction under the Act.
ITEM 3. Amend paragraph 59.3(1)"b" as follows:
b. Zone parameters. Up to 1 percent of a county area may be designated as an
enterprise zone. A county may establish more than one enterprise zone. The
total amount of land designated as enterprise zones under subrules 59.3(1) and
59.3(2) shall not exceed in the aggregate 1 percent of the total county area
(excluding any area which qualifies as an urban or rural enterprise community
under Title XIII of the federal Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993).
An eligible county containing a city whose boundaries extend into an
adjacent county may establish an enterprise zone in an area of the city located
in the adjacent county if the adjacent county's board of supervisors adopts a
resolution approving the establishment of the enterprise zone in the city and
the two counties enter into an agreement pursuant to Iowa Code chapter 28E
regarding the establishment of the enterprise zone.
ITEM 4. Amend paragraph 59.3(2)"c" as follows:
c. Urban or rural enterprise community. Zone parameters. A
city may establish more than one enterprise zone. Up to 1 percent of the
county in which the city is located may be designated as enterprise zones.
If there is an area in the city which meets the requirements for eligibility
for an urban or rural enterprise community under Title XIII of the federal
Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993, such area shall be designated by the
state as an enterprise zone. (The area meeting the requirements for
eligibility for an urban or rural enterprise community shall not be included
for the purpose of determining the 1 percent aggregate area limitation for
enterprise zones.)
ITEM 5. Amend subparagraphs 59.3(3)"a"(3) and (4) as follows:
(3) Certification that the enterprise zone to be designated is within the
overall limitation that may not exceed in the aggregate 1 percent of the county
area and that the boundaries of the area to be designated are under the
jurisdiction of the city or county requesting the designation. If the
proposed county enterprise zone contains a city whose boundaries extend into an
adjacent county, documentation of the resolution of the board of supervisors of
the adjacent county approving the establishment of the zone and a copy of an
executed 28E agreement must be submitted to the department as part of the
request for zone certification.
(4) Resolution of the city council or board of supervisors, as appropriate,
requesting designation of the enterprise zone(s). Included within this
resolution may be a statement of the schedule of value-added property tax
exemptions that will be offered to all eligible businesses that may locate or
expand within the proposed enterprise zone. If a property tax exemption is
made applicable only to a portion of the property within the enterprise zone,
the designation request submitted to the department must include a description
of the uniform criteria which further some planning objective that has been
established by the city or county enterprise zone commission and approved by
the eligible city or county. Examples of acceptable "uniform criteria" that
may be adopted include, but are not limited to, wage rates, capital investment
levels, types and levels of employee benefits offered, job creation
requirements, and specific targeted industries. "Planning objectives" may
include, but are not limited to, land use, rehabilitation of distressed
property, or "brownfields" remediation.
This schedule of value-added property tax exemptions may be approved at the
time of zone designation request, but must be approved by the city council or
board of supervisors, as appropriate, before the establishment of the local
enterprise zone commission. This schedule of value-added property tax
exemptions may also include the other property tax exemptions or other property
tax related incentives that may be used in conjunction with the enterprise zone
such as property tax exemptions that may exist in Urban Revitalization Areas or
Tax Increment Financing (TIF) districts that may exist within Urban Renewal
Areas. Property tax exemptions authorized under Iowa Code chapter 427B may not
be used, as stated in Iowa Code 427B.6, in conjunction with property tax
exemptions authorized by city council or county board of supervisors within the
local enterprise zone. The city or county shall forward a copy of the official
resolution listing the property tax exemption schedule(s) to the department and
to the local assessor.
ITEM 6. Amend rule 261--59.4(15E) as follows:
261--59.4(15E) Enterprise zone commission. Following notice of
enterprise zone certification by the board, the applicant city or county shall
establish an enterprise zone commission. The commission shall review
applications from eligible businesses and eligible housing
businesses located in the zone and forward eligible
approved applications to the department for final review and
approval.
59.4(1) Commission composition.
a. County enterprise zone commission. Whether an entire county or a
city or cities within a county are eligible for enterprise zone status,
a A county shall have only one enterprise zone commission to
review applications for incentives and assistance for businesses (including
eligible housing businesses) located or requesting to locate within a certified
enterprise zone. The enterprise zone commission shall consist of nine
members. Five of these members shall be comprised of:
(1) One representative of the county board of supervisors,
(2) One member with economic development expertise selected by the
department,
(3) One representative of the county zoning board,
(4) One member of the local community college board of directors, and
(5) One representative of the local workforce development center selected by
the Iowa workforce development department unless otherwise designated by a
regional advisory board.
The five members identified above shall select the remaining four members. If
the enterprise zone consists of an area meeting the requirements for
eligibility for an urban or rural enterprise community under Title XIII of the
federal Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993, one of the remaining four
members shall be a representative of that enterprise community
zone. If the enterprise zone is located in a county that does
not have a county zoning board, the representatives identified in
59.4(1)"a"(1), (2), (4), and (5) shall select an individual with zoning
expertise to serve as a member of the commission.
b. City enterprise zone commission. If the enterprise zone has
qualified under the city criteria, the commission shall consist of the five
members identified in paragraph "a" above and the remaining four members shall
be selected by these five members. One of the four members shall be a
representative of an international labor organization. If the enterprise zone
consists of an area meeting the requirements for eligibility for an urban or
rural enterprise community under Title XIII of the federal Omnibus Budget
Reconciliation Act of 1993, one of the remaining four members shall be a
representative of that enterprise community zone. If an enterprise zone is
located in any city, an enterprise zone commission may also include a
representative, chosen by the city council, of each such city located in the
zone. A city in which an eligible enterprise zone is certified
shall have only one enterprise zone commission. A city with a population of
24,000 or more which designates an enterprise zone pursuant to Iowa Code
section 15E.194, subsection 2, and in which an eligible enterprise zone is
certified shall establish an enterprise zone commission to review applications
from qualified businesses located within or requesting to locate within an
enterprise zone to receive incentives or assistance. The commission shall
consist of nine members. Six of these members shall consist of:
(1) One representative of an international labor organization,
(2) One member with economic development expertise chosen by the department
of economic development,
(3) One representative of the city council,
(4) One member of the local community college board of directors,
(5) One member of the city planning and zoning commission, and
(6) One representative of the local workforce development center selected by
the Iowa workforce development department unless otherwise designated by a
regional advisory board.
The six members identified above shall select the remaining three members.
If the enterprise zone consists of an area meeting the requirements for
eligibility for an urban enterprise community under Title XIII of the federal
Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993, one of the remaining three members
shall be a representative of that community. If a city contiguous to the city
designating the enterprise zone is included in an enterprise zone, a
representative of the contiguous city, chosen by the city council, shall be a
member of the commission.
59.4(2) Department review of composition.
a. Once a county or city has established an enterprise zone commission,
the county or city shall provide the department with the following information
to verify that the commission is constituted in accordance with the Act and
these rules:
a. (1) The name and address of each member.
b. (2) An identification of what group the member is
representing on the commission.
c. (3) Copies of the resolution or other necessary
action of a governing body, as appropriate, by which a member was appointed to
the commission.
d. (4) Any other information that the department may
reasonably request in order to permit it to determine the validity of the
commission's composition.
b. If a city has established an enterprise zone commission prior to July 1,
1998, the city may petition to the department of economic development to change
the structure of the existing commission. A petition to amend the structure of
an existing city enterprise zone commission shall include the following:
(1) The names and addresses of the members of the existing
commission,
(2) The date the commission was approved by the department,
(3) The proposed changes the city is requesting in the composition of the
commission,
(4) Copies of the resolution or other necessary action of a governing body,
as appropriate, by which a member was appointed to the commission.
59.4(3) Commission policies and procedures. Each commission shall
develop policies and procedures which shall, at a minimum, include:
a. Processes for receiving and evaluating applications from qualified
businesses seeking to participate within the enterprise zone; and
b. Operational policies of the commission such as meetings; and
c. A process for the selection of commission officers and the filling of
vacancies on the commission; and
d. The designation of staff to handle the day-to-day administration of
commission activities.
e. Additional local eligibility requirements for businesses, if any, as
discussed in rule 261--59.6(1) 59.9(1).
ITEM 7. Amend rule 261--59.5(15E) as follows:
261--59.5(15E) Eligible business.
Eligibility. To participate in the enterprise zone program, a
business must qualify under one of three categories: as an eligible business,
an alternative eligible business, or an eligible housing business. Refer to
rule 261--59.6(15E) for a description of the eligibility requirements and
benefits available to a qualified "eligible business." Refer to rule
261--59.7(15E) for a description of the eligibility requirements and benefits
available to a qualified "alternative eligible business." Refer to rule 261--
59.8(15E) for a description of the eligibility requirements and benefits
available to a qualified "eligible housing business."
261--59.6(15E) Eligible business.
59.5(1) 59.6(1) Requirements. A
business which is or will be located in an enterprise zone is eligible to
receive incentives and assistance under the Act if the business meets all of
the following:
a. No closure or reduction. The business has not closed or reduced its
operation in one area of the state and relocated substantially the same
operation into the enterprise zone. This requirement does not prohibit a
business from expanding its operation in an enterprise zone if existing
operations of a similar nature in the state are not closed or substantially
reduced.
b. No retail. The business is not a retail business or a business
whose entrance is limited by a cover charge or membership requirement.
c. The business pays at least 80 percent of the cost of a standard
medical and dental insurance plan for all full-time employees working at the
facility in which the new investment will occur. Employee benefits.
The business provides all full-time employees with the option of choosing one
of the following:
(1) The business pays 80 percent of both of the following:
1. The cost of a standard medical insurance plan, and
2. The cost of a standard dental insurance plan or an equivalent
plan.
(2) The business provides the employee with a monetarily equivalent plan to
the plan provided for in subparagraph (1) above.
d. Wage levels. The business pays an average wage that is at or greater
than 90 percent of the lesser of the average county wage or average regional
wage, as determined by the department. However, in any circumstance, the wage
paid by the business for the project jobs shall not be less than $7.50 per
hour. The department will periodically calculate, revise and issue the
"average county wage" and the "average regional wage" figures that will be used
for determining business eligibility in the program. However, in any
circumstance, a company will be deemed eligible for participation in the
enterprise zone if it pays an hourly wage of $9.50 or greater. The local
enterprise zone commission may establish higher company eligibility wage
thresholds if it so desires.
e. Job creation. The business expansion or location must result in at
least ten full-time project jobs and those project jobs must be maintained for
at least ten years. The business shall create these jobs within three years of
the effective date of the business's agreement with the department and the city
or county, as appropriate. For an existing business in counties with a
population of 10,000 or less or in cities with a population of 2,000 or
less, the commission may adopt a provision that allows the business to
create at least five initial jobs with the additional five jobs to be added
within five years. The business shall include in its strategic plan the time
line for job creation. If the existing business fails to meet the ten-job
creation requirement within the five-year period, all incentives and assistance
will cease immediately.
f. Capital investment. The business makes a capital investment of at
least $500,000. If the business will be occupying a vacant building suitable
for industrial use, the fair market value of the building and land, not to
exceed $250,000, as determined by the local enterprise zone commission, shall
be counted toward the capital investment requirement. An existing business
that has been operating in the enterprise zone for at least five years is
exempt from the capital investment requirement of this paragraph of up to
$250,000 of the fair market value, as established by an appraisal, of the
building and land. The capital investment amount stated in the business's
application must be completed within three years of the effective date of the
agreement described in rule 59.9(15E).
59.5(2) 59.6(2) Additional information.
In addition to meeting the requirements under subrule 59.5(1)
59.6(1), an eligible business shall provide the enterprise zone
commission with all of the following:
a. The long-term strategic plan for the business, which shall include labor and
infrastructure needs.
b. Information dealing with the benefits the business will bring to the
area.
c. Examples of why the business should be considered or would be considered a
good business enterprise.
d. The impact the business will have on other Iowa businesses in competition
with it.
e. An affidavit that it has not, within the last five years, violated state or
federal environmental and worker safety statutes, rules, and regulations or if
such violation has occurred that there were mitigating circumstances or such
violations did not seriously affect public health or safety or the
environment.
59.6(3) Benefits. The following incentives and assistance
are available to an eligible business within a certified enterprise zone only
when the average wage of all the new project jobs meets the minimum wage
requirements of 59.6(1)"d":
a. New jobs supplemental credit; alternative credit for housing assistance
programs.
(1) An approved business shall receive a new jobs supplemental credit from
withholding in an amount equal to 1½ percent of the gross wages paid by
the business, as provided in Iowa Code section 15.331. The supplemental new
jobs credit available under this program is in addition to and not in lieu of
the program and withholding credit of 1½ percent authorized under Iowa
Code chapter 260E. Additional new jobs created by the project, beyond those
that were agreed to in the original agreement as described in 261--59.12(15E),
are eligible for the additional 1½ percent withholding credit as long as
those additional jobs meet the local enterprise zone wage eligibility criteria
and are an integral part or a continuation of the new location or expansion.
Approval and administration of the supplemental new jobs credit shall follow
existing procedures established under Iowa Code chapter 260E. Businesses
eligible for the new jobs training program are those businesses engaged in
interstate commerce or intrastate commerce for the purpose of manufacturing,
processing, or assembling products, conducting research and development, or
providing services in interstate commerce, but exclude retail, health or
professional services.
(2) As an alternative to the credit described in subparagraph (1) above, a
business may provide a housing assistance program in the form of down payment
assistance or rental assistance for employees in new jobs, as defined in Iowa
Code section 260E.2, who buy or rent housing located within any certified
enterprise zone. A business establishing a housing assistance program shall
fund this program through a credit from withholding based on the wages paid to
the employees participating in the housing assistance program. An amount equal
to 1½ percent of the gross wages paid by the employer to each employee
participating in the housing assistance program shall be credited from the
payment made by an employer pursuant to Iowa Code section 422.16. If the
amount of the withholding by the employer is less than 1½ percent of the
gross wages paid to the employees, then the employer shall receive a credit
against other withholding taxes due by the employer. The employer shall
deposit the amount of the credit quarterly into a housing assistance fund
created by the business out of which the business shall provide employees
enrolled in the housing assistance program with down payment assistance or
rental assistance.
(3) A business may enter into an agreement with the county or city
designating the enterprise zone pursuant to Iowa Code section 15E.194 to borrow
initial moneys to fund a housing assistance program. The county or city may
appropriate from the general fund of the county or city for the assistance
program an amount not to exceed an amount estimated by the department of
revenue and finance to be equal to the total amount of credit from withholding
for employees determined by the business to be enrolled in the program during
the first two years. The business shall pay the principal and interest on the
loan out of moneys received from the credit from withholding provided for in
subparagraph (1). The terms of the loan agreement shall include the principal
amount, the interest rate, the terms of repayment, and the term of the loan.
The agreement shall require that the down payment assistance or rental
assistance provided for employees in new jobs be repaid, in whole or in part,
in the event an employee is no longer employed by the business or defaults
under the agreement between the business and an employee. The terms of the
loan agreement shall not extend beyond the period during which the enterprise
zone is certified. The employer shall certify to the department of revenue and
finance that the credit from withholding is in accordance with an agreement and
shall provide other information the department may require.
The business shall enter into an agreement with each employee receiving down
payment or rental assistance. The agreements shall include terms and
conditions of the receipt of the assistance and repayment provisions should the
employee no longer work for the business or default under the terms of the
agreement.
(4) An employee participating in the housing assistance program will receive
full credit for the amount withheld as provided in Iowa Code section
422.16.
(5) The 1½ percent supplemental credit authorized under this rule may
be apportioned between the 260E training programs described in subparagraph (1)
and the down payment or rental assistance program described in subparagraph
(2).
b. Value-added property tax exemption.
(1) The county or city for which an eligible enterprise zone is certified
may exempt from all property taxation all or a portion of the value added to
the property upon which an eligible business locates or expands in an
enterprise zone and which is used in the operation of the eligible business.
This exemption shall be authorized by the city or county that would have been
entitled to receive the property taxes, but is electing to forego the tax
revenue for an eligible business under this program. The amount of value added
for purposes of Iowa Code Supplement section 15E.196 shall be the amount of the
increase in assessed valuation of the property following the location or
expansion of the business in the enterprise zone.
(2) If an exemption is made applicable only to a portion of the property
within an enterprise zone, there must be approved uniform criteria which
further some planning objective established by the city or county zone
commission. These uniform criteria must also be approved by the eligible city
or county. Examples of acceptable "uniform criteria" that may be adopted
include, but are not limited to, wage rates, capital investment levels, types
and levels of employee benefits offered, job creation requirements, and
specific targeted industries. "Planning objectives" may include, but are not
limited to, land use, rehabilitation of distressed property, or "brownfields"
remediation.
(3) The exemption may be allowed for a period not to exceed ten years
beginning the year the eligible business enters into an agreement with the
county or city to locate or expand operations in an enterprise zone.
c. Investment tax credit. A business may claim an investment tax credit as
provided in Iowa Code section 15.333. A corporate tax credit may be claimed of
up to a maximum of 10 percent of the new investment which is directly related
to new jobs created by the location or expansion of the business in the
enterprise zone. If the business is a partnership, subchapter S corporation,
limited liability company, or an estate or trust electing to have the income
taxed directly to the individual, an individual may claim the tax credit
allowed. Any credit in excess of tax liability for the tax year may be
credited to the tax liability for the following seven years or until depleted,
whichever occurs first. The business participating in the enterprise zone may
not claim an investment tax credit for capital expenditures above the amount
stated in the agreement described in 261--59.12(15E). An eligible business may
instead seek to amend the contract, allowing the business to receive an
investment tax credit for additional capital expenditures, or may elect to
submit a new application within the enterprise zone. For purposes of this
rule, the capital expenditures eligible for the investment tax credit under the
enterprise zone program are the costs of machinery and equipment used in the
operation of the eligible business and the cost of improvements to real
property which is used in the operation of the business and which receives a
partial property tax exemption for the value added as described in Iowa Code
section 15.332.
d. Research activities credit. A business is eligible to claim a research
activities credit as provided in Iowa Code section 15.335. This benefit is a
corporate tax credit for increasing research activities in this state during
the period the business is participating in the program. For purposes of
claiming this credit, a business is considered to be "participating in the
program" for a period of ten years from the date the business's application was
approved by the department. This credit equals 6½ percent of the state's
apportioned share of the qualifying expenditures for increasing research
activities. The state's apportioned share of the qualifying expenditures for
increasing research activities is a percent equal to the ratio of qualified
research expenditures in this state to total qualified research expenditures.
This credit is in addition to the credit authorized in Iowa Code section
422.33. If the business is a partnership, subchapter S corporation, limited
liability company, or an estate or trust electing to have the income taxed
directly to the individual, an individual may claim the tax credit allowed.
Any tax credit in excess of the tax liability shall be refunded to the eligible
business with interest computed under Iowa Code section 422.25. In lieu of
claiming a refund, the eligible business may elect to have the overpayment
credited to its tax liability for the following year.
e. Refund of sales, service and use taxes paid to contractors or
subcontractors. A business is eligible for a refund of sales, service and use
taxes paid to contractors and subcontractors as authorized in Iowa Code section
15.331A.
(1) An eligible business may apply for a refund of the sales and use taxes
paid under Iowa Code chapters 422 and 423 for gas, electricity, water or sewer
utility services, goods, wares, or merchandise, or on services rendered,
furnished, or performed to or for a contractor or subcontractor and used in the
fulfillment of a written contract relating to the construction or equipping of
a facility within the enterprise zone.
(2) Taxes attributable to intangible property and furniture and furnishings
shall not be refunded. To receive a refund of the sales, service and use taxes
paid to contractors or subcontractors, the eligible business must, within six
months after project completion, make an application to DRF. For new
manufacturing facilities, "project completion" means the first date upon which
the average annualized production of finished product for the preceding 90-day
period at the manufacturing facility operated by the eligible business within
the enterprise zone is at least 50 percent of the initial design capacity of
the facility. For existing facilities, "project completion" means the date of
completion of all improvements included in the enterprise zone project.
59.6(4) Duration of benefits. An enterprise zone designation
shall remain in effect for ten years following the date of certification. Any
state or local incentives or assistance that may be conferred must be conferred
before the designation expires. However, the benefits of the incentive or
assistance may continue beyond the expiration of the zone designation.
59.6(5) Application review and submittal. Eligible
businesses shall first submit applications for enterprise zone program benefits
to the local enterprise zone commission.Commission-approved applications shall
be forwarded to the department for final review and approval.
ITEM 8. Renumber rule 261--59.6(15E) as 261-- 59.9(15E) and amend as
follows:
261--59.6(15E) 59.9(15E) Commission review of
businesses' applications.
59.6(1) 59.9(1) Additional commission
eligibility requirements. Under the Act, a commission is authorized to adopt
additional eligibility requirements related to compensation and benefits that
businesses within a zone must meet in order to qualify for benefits.
Additional local requirements that may be considered could include, but are not
limited to, the types of industries or businesses the commission wishes to
receive enterprise zone benefits; requirements that preference in hiring be
given to individuals who live within the enterprise zone; higher wage
eligibility threshold requirements than would otherwise be required; higher job
creation eligibility threshold requirements than would otherwise be required;
the level of benefits required; local competition issues; or any other criteria
the commission deems appropriate. If a commission elects to adopt more
stringent requirements than those contained in the Act and these rules for a
business to be eligible for incentives and assistance, these requirements shall
be submitted to the department.
59.6(2) 59.9(2) Application. The department
will develop a standardized application that it will make available for use by
businesses within a certified enterprise zone applying for
benefits and assistance as an eligible business, an alternative eligible
business, or an eligible housing business. The commission may add any
additional information to the application that it deems appropriate for a
business to qualify as an eligible business or an eligible housing
business. If the commission determines that a business qualifies
for inclusion in an enterprise zone and that it is eligible for benefits under
the Act, the commission shall submit an application for incentives or
assistance to the department.
ITEM 9. Renumber rule 261--59.7(15E) as 261-- 59.11(15E) and
adopt new rule 261--59.7(15E) as follows:
261--59.7(15E) Alternative eligible business.
59.7(1) Requirements. A business which is not located in an enterprise
zone is eligible to receive incentives and assistance under the enterprise zone
program if the business meets all of the following criteria:
a. No closure or reduction. The business has not closed or reduced its
operation in one area of the state and relocated substantially the same
operation into the enterprise zone. This requirement does not prohibit a
business from expanding its operation in an enterprise zone if existing
operations of a similar nature in the state are not closed or substantially
reduced.
b. No retail. The business is not a retail business or a business whose
entrance is limited by a cover charge or membership requirement.
c. Employee benefits. The business provides all full-time employees with the
option of choosing one of the following:
(1) The business pays 80 percent of both of the following:
1. The cost of a standard medical insurance plan, and
2. The cost of a standard dental insurance plan or an equivalent plan.
(2) The business provides the employee with a monetarily equivalent plan to the
plan provided for in subparagraph (1) above.
d. Job creation. The business expansion or location must result in at least
ten full-time project jobs and those project jobs must be maintained for at
least ten years. The business shall create these jobs within three years of
the effective date of the business's agreement with the department and the city
or county, as appropriate. For an existing business in counties with a
population of 10,000 or less or in cities with a population of 2,000 or less,
the commission may adopt a provision that allows the business to create at
least five initial jobs with the additional five jobs to be added within five
years. The business shall include in its strategic plan the time line for job
creation. If the existing business fails to meet the ten-job creation
requirement within the five-year period, all incentives and assistance will
cease immediately.
e. Capital investment. The business makes a capital investment of at least
$500,000. If the business will be occupying a vacant building suitable for
industrial use, the fair market value of the building and land, not to exceed
$250,000, as determined by the local enterprise zone commission, shall be
counted toward the capital investment requirement. An existing business that
has been operating in the enterprise zone for at least five years is exempt
from the capital investment requirement of this paragraph of up to $250,000 of
the fair market value, as established by an appraisal, of the building and
land. The capital investment amount stated in the business's application must
be completed within three years of the effective date of the agreement
described in rule 59.12(15E).
f. City population limits. The business must be or plan to be located in a
city with a population between 8,000 and 24,000 as determined by population
estimates by the United States Bureau of the Census for the year 1995.
g. Proximity to enterprise zone. The business must currently be or plan to be
located in a city which is not more than 35 miles from an existing enterprise
zone in this state or an equivalent zone in an adjacent state.
h. NJIP (new jobs and income program) wage levels. The business shall comply
with the wage requirements of Iowa Code section 15.329(1)"d." This section of
the Iowa Code requires the business to agree to pay a median wage for new
full-time hourly nonmanagement production jobs of at least $11 per hour indexed
to 1993 dollars based on the gross national product implicit price deflator
published by the Bureau of Economic Analysis of the United States Department of
Commerce or 130 percent of the average wage in the county in which the
community is located, whichever is higher.
i. Distress criteria. The business must currently be or plan to be located in
an area that meets two of the criteria listed below:
(1) The area has a per capita income of $9,600 or less based on the 1990
census.
(2) The area has a family poverty rate of 12 percent or higher based on the
1990 census.
(3) Ten percent or more of the housing units in the area are vacant.
(4) The valuations of each class of property in the designated area are 75
percent or less of the citywide average for that classification based upon the
most recent valuations for property tax purposes.
(5) The area is a blighted area, as defined in Iowa Code section 403.17.
j. City approval. The business must receive approval by ordinance or
resolution from the city in which the project is located.
59.7(2) Benefits. A business that qualifies under the "alternative
eligible business" category is eligible to receive the following benefits:
a. A new jobs supplemental credit as described in paragraph 59.6(3)"a."
b. A value-added property tax exemption as described in paragraph
59.6(3)"b."
c. An investment tax credit as detailed in paragraph 59.6(3)"c."
d. A research activities credit as outlined in paragraph 59.6(3)"d."
e. A sales, service, and use tax refund credit as described in paragraph
59.6(3)"e."
The duration of these benefits shall be the same as set forth in subrule
59.6(4).
59.7(3) Application submittal and review. After approval of a project
by ordinance or resolution, the city shall submit an application directly to
the department.
ITEM 10. Rescind rule 261--59.8(15E) and adopt the following new
rule in lieu thereof:
261--59.8(15E) Eligible housing business. An eligible housing business
includes a housing developer or housing contractor.
59.8(1) Requirements. A housing business shall satisfy all of the
following as conditions to receiving the benefits described in this rule:
a. The housing business must build or rehabilitate either:
(1) A minimum of four single-family homes with a value, after completion of the
building or rehabilitation, not exceeding $120,000 for each home located in
that part of a city or county in which there is a designated enterprise zone,
or
(2) One multiple dwelling unit building containing three or more individual
dwelling units with a total value per unit, after completion of the building or
rehabilitation, not exceeding $120,000 located in that part of a city or county
in which there is a designated enterprise zone.
b. The single-family homes and dwelling units which are rehabilitated or
constructed by the housing business shall be modest homes or units, but shall
include the necessary amenities. When completed and made available for
occupancy, the single-family homes and dwelling units shall meet the United
States Department of Housing and Urban Development's housing quality standards
and local safety standards.
c. The eligible housing business shall complete its building or rehabilitation
within two years from the time the business begins construction on the
single-family homes and dwelling units. The failure to complete construction
or rehabilitation within two years shall result in the eligible housing
business becoming ineligible and subject to the repayment requirements and
penalties in rule 261--59.13(15E).
d. An eligible housing business shall provide the enterprise zone commission
with all of the following information:
(1) The long-term plan for the proposed housing development project, including
labor and infrastructure needs.
(2) Information dealing with the benefits the proposed housing development
project will bring to the area.
(3) Examples of why the proposed development project should be considered a
good housing development project.
(4) An affidavit that it has not, within the last five years, violated state or
federal environmental and worker safety statutes, rules, and regulations or if
such violations have occurred that there were mitigating circumstances or such
violations did not seriously affect public health or safety or the
environment.
59.8(2) Benefits. A business that qualifies under the "eligible
housing business" category is eligible to receive the following benefits for a
period of ten years:
a. Income tax credit. An eligible housing business may claim an income tax
credit up to a maximum of 10 percent of the new investment which is directly
related to the building or rehabilitating of a minimum of four single-family
homes located in that part of a city or county in which there is a designated
enterprise zone or one multiple dwelling unit building containing three or more
individual dwelling units located in that part of a city or county in which
there is a designated enterprise zone. Any credit in excess of the tax
liability for the tax year may be credited to the tax liability for the
following seven years or until depleted, whichever occurs earlier. If the
business is a partnership, subchapter S corporation, limited liability company,
or estate or trust electing to have the income taxed directly to the
individual, an individual may claim the tax credit allowed. The amount claimed
by the individual shall be based upon the pro-rata share of the individual's
earnings of the partnership, subchapter S corporation, limited liability
company, or estate or trust.
b. Sales, services, and use tax refund. An approved housing business shall
receive a sales, service, and use tax refund as described in paragraph
59.6(3)"e."
59.8(3) Application submittal and review. An eligible housing business
shall first submit an application to the commission for approval. The
commission shall forward applications that it has approved to receive benefits
and assistance to the department for final review and approval.
ITEM 11. Renumber rule 261--59.9(15E) as 261-- 59.12(15E) as
follows:
261--59.9(15E) 59.12(15E) Agreement. The
department and the city or county, as applicable, shall enter into agreement
with the business. The term of the agreement shall be ten years from the
agreement effective date plus any additional time necessary for the business to
satisfy the job maintenance requirement. This three-party agreement shall
include, but is not limited to, provisions governing the number of jobs to be
created, representations by the business that it will pay the wage and benefit
levels pledged and meet the other requirements of the Act as described in the
approved application, reporting requirements such as an annual certification by
the business that it is in compliance with the Act, and the method for
determining the amount of incentives or assistance paid which will be repaid in
the event of failure to maintain the requirements of the Act and these rules.
In addition, the agreement will specify that a business that fails to maintain
the requirements of the Act and these rules shall not receive incentives or
assistance for each year during which the business is not in compliance.
ITEM 12. Renumber rule 261--59.10(15E) as 261-- 59.13(15E) and
adopt new rule 261--59.10(15E) as follows:
261--59.10(15E) Other commission responsibilities.
59.10(1) Commissions have the authority to adopt a requirement that
preference in hiring be given to individuals who live within the enterprise
zone. If it does so, the commission shall work with the local workforce
development center to determine the labor availability in the area.
59.10(2) Commissions shall examine and evaluate building codes and
zoning in enterprise zones and make recommendations to the appropriate
governing body in an effort to promote more affordable housing development.
ITEM 13. Amend renumbered rule 261--59.11(15E) as follows:
261--59.11(15E) Department action on eligible applications. The
department may approve, deny, or defer applications from qualified businesses.
In reviewing applications for incentives and assistance under the Act, the
department will consider the following:
59.11(1) Compliance with the requirements of the Act and administrative
rules. Each application will be reviewed to determine if it meets the
requirements of Iowa Code Supplement section 15E.193 the
Act and these rules. Specific criteria to be reviewed include, but are not
limited to: medical and dental insurance coverage; wage levels; number of jobs
to be created; and capital investment level.
59.11(2) Competition. The department shall consider the impact of the
eligible business on other businesses in competition with it and compare the
compensation package of businesses in competition with the business being
considered for incentives and assistance under this program, to ensure an
overall economic gain to the state.
59.11(3) Displacement of workers. The department will make a
good-faith effort to determine the probability that the proposed incentives
will displace employees of existing businesses. In determining the impact on
businesses in competition with the business seeking incentives or assistance,
jobs created as a result of other jobs being displaced elsewhere in the state
shall not be considered direct jobs created.
59.11(4) Violations of law. The department will review each
application to determine if the business has a record of violations of law. If
the department finds that an eligible business, alternative eligible
business, or an eligible housing business has a record of violations of the
law including, but not limited to, environmental and worker safety statutes,
rules, and regulations over a period of time that tends to show a consistent
pattern, the eligible business shall not qualify for
incentives or assistance under 1998 Iowa Acts, House Files 2164 and 2538
or Iowa Code Supplement section 15E.196, unless the department finds that
the violations did not seriously affect public health or safety or the
environment, or if they did that there were mitigating circumstances. If
requested by the department, the business shall provide copies of materials
documenting the type of violation, any fees or penalties assessed, court
filings, final disposition of any findings and any other information which
would assist the department in assessing the nature of any violation.
59.11(5) Commission's recommendations and additional criteria. For
each application from a business, the department will review the local analysis
(including any additional local criteria) and recommendation of the enterprise
zone commission in the zone where the business is located, or plans to
locate.
59.11(6) Other relevant information. The department may also review an
application using factors it reviews in other department-administered financial
assistance programs which are intended to assess the quality of the jobs
pledged.
ITEM 14. Amend renumbered rule 261--59.13(15E) as follows:
261--59.13(15E) Compliance; repayment requirements; recovery of value of
incentives.
59.13(1) Annual certification. A business that is approved to receive
incentives or assistance shall, for the length of its designation as an
enterprise zone business, certify annually to the county or city, as
applicable, and the department its compliance with the requirements of
Iowa Code section 15E.183 the Act and these rules.
59.13(2) Repayment. If a business has received incentives or
assistance under Iowa Code section 15E.186 1998 Iowa Acts,
House Files 2164 and 2538, or Iowa Code Supplement section 15E.196 and
fails to meet and maintain any one of the requirements of Iowa Code
section 15E.183 and 261--59.5(15E) the Act or these rules to be
an eligible business, the business is subject to repayment of all or a portion
of the incentives and assistance that it has received.
59.13(3) Calculation of repayment due. If a business fails in any year
to meet any one of the requirements of Iowa Code Supplement section
15E.193(1) and 261--59.5(15E) the Act or these rules to be an
eligible business, it is subject to repayment of all or a portion of the amount
of incentives received.
a. Failure to meet/maintain requirements. If a business fails in any year to
meet or maintain any one of the requirements of Iowa Code Supplement
section 15E.193(1), the Act or these rules, except its job
creation requirement which shall be calculated as outlined in paragraph "b"
below, the business shall repay the value of the incentives received for each
year during which it was not in compliance.
b. Job creation shortfall. If a business does not meet its job creation
requirement, repayment shall be calculated as follows:
(1) If the business has met 50 percent or less of the requirement, the business
shall pay the same percentage in benefits as the business failed to create in
jobs.
(2) More than 50 percent, less than 75 percent. If the business has met more
than 50 percent but not more than 75 percent of the requirement, the business
shall pay one-half of the percentage in benefits as the business failed to
create in jobs.
(3) More than 75 percent, less than 90 percent. If the business has met more
than 75 percent but not more than 90 percent of the requirement, the business
shall pay one-quarter of the percentage in benefits as the business failed to
create in jobs.
59.13(4) DRF; county/city recovery. Once it has been established,
through the business's annual certification, monitoring, audit or otherwise,
that the business is required to repay all or a portion of the incentives
received, the department of revenue and finance and the city or county, as
appropriate, shall collect the amount owed. The city or county, as applicable,
shall have the authority to take action to recover the value of taxes not
collected as a result of the exemption provided by the community to the
business. The department of revenue and finance shall have the authority to
recover the value of state taxes or incentives provided under 1998 Iowa
Acts, House Files 2164 and 2538, or Iowa Code Supplement section 15E.196.
The value of state incentives provided under 1998 Iowa Acts, House Files
2164 and 2538, or Iowa Code Supplement section 15E.196 includes applicable
interest and penalties.
ITEM 15. Amend 261--Chapter 59, implementation sentence, as follows:
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code Supplement sections 15E.191
through 15E.196 as amended by 1998 Iowa Acts, House Files 2164, 2395,
section 17, and 2538.
ARC 8227A
ENGINEERING AND LAND SURVEYING EXAMINING BOARD[193C]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or
association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as
provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."
Notice is also given
to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own
motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed
action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public
or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 542B.6, the Engineering and Land
Surveying Examining Board hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 1, "Administration," and Chapter 4, "Discipline and Professional
Conduct of Licensees," Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments are for clarification of signature requirements and unethical
or illegal conduct.
Any interested person may make written or oral suggestions or comments on these
proposed amendments on or before September 1, 1998. Comments should be
directed to Gleean Coates, Executive Secretary, Iowa Engineering and Land
Surveying Examining Board, 1918 S.E. Hulsizer Road, Ankeny, Iowa 50021, or by
telephone at (515)281-7360.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 542B.35(2)(c) and
542B.16.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 1.30(8) as follows:
1.30(8) Computer-generated seals may be used on final original drawings
provided that a handwritten signatureis placed adjacent to the seal and the
date is written next tothe signature on the official copy or copies.
Computer-generated signatures and dates are not acceptable.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 4.8(5) as follows:
4.8(5) Unethical or illegal conduct. Licensees shall not
pay or offer to pay, either directly or indirectly, any commission, political
contribution, gift, or other consideration in order to secure work, exclusive
of securing positions through employment agencies.
Licensees, as employers, shall refrain from engaging in any discriminatory
practice prohibited by law and shall, in the conduct of their business, employ
personnel upon the basis of merit.
Licensees shall not solicit or accept gratuities, directly or indirectly, from
contractors, their agents, or other parties dealing with their clients or
employers in connection with work for which they are responsible.
Licensees shall not solicit or accept an engineering or land surveying contract
from a governmental body when a principal or officer of their organization
serves as a member.
Licensees shall not associate with or permit the use of their names or firms in
a business venture by any person or firm which they know, or have reason to
believe, is engaging in business or professional practice of a fraudulent or
dishonest nature.
Licensees shall not use association with nonengineers, corporations or
partnerships as "cloaks" for unethical acts. Licensees shall not violate any
local, state or federal criminal law in the conduct of professional
practice.
Licensees shall not violate licensure laws of any state or territory.
Licensees shall not represent themselves as a licensed land surveyor or
professional engineer and shall not place their firm name, logo or title block
on a Real Property Inspection Report.
ARC 8241A
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION COMMISSION[567]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or
association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as
provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."
Notice is also given
to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own
motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed
action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public
or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to Iowa Code Supplement section 455H.105, the Environmental Protection
Commission hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to adopt Chapter 137, "Iowa
Land Recycling Program and Response Action Standards," Iowa Administrative
Code.
The 1997 Iowa Legislature established the "Iowa Land Recycling and
Environmental Remediation Standards Act in Senate File 528. This bill
authorized the Commission to develop rules implementing a program designed to
achieve the dual purpose of addressing environmental contamination on property
and to promote redevelopment of these contaminated sites. The primary means to
achieve these objectives was through a requirement to adopt new environmental
regulatory standards, to adopt a program intended to encourage voluntary
response actions, and to provide a measure of liability protection and
regulatory closure to participants and subsequent property owners.
The legislation established a Technical Advisory Committee (TAC) and required
the Iowa Department of Natural Resources to work jointly with the TAC to
develop new rules implementing the statute. The legislation required the
Department and the TAC to jointly submit proposed rules and a report to the
Commission by July 1, 1998. The TAC report does not contain specific
objections to the text of these proposed rules. The Commission met and
approved these proposed rules at its regular public meeting held on July 20,
1998, and directed that they be published as a Notice of Intended Action. The
legislation also directed the Commission to adopt final rules by October 1,
1998.
The legislation required the Commission to adopt rules applicable to the
administration of a land recycling fund established under Iowa Code Supplement
section 455H.401. Since no appropriation was provided for this fund, the
Commission has deferred proposing rules on administration of the fund.
Rule 137.3(455H) establishes the policies and procedures for voluntary
enrollment in the land recycling program and defines what categories of sites
are eligible for enrollment and the basis for withdrawal and termination from
the program. The legislation required the Commission, based on the work of the
Department and the TAC, to adopt three categories of "cleanup standards,"
background, statewide and site-specific. Participants would have the option of
establishing compliance with any of these three standards in order to obtain
regulatory closure in the form of a "no further action certificate" and the
liability protections and other immunities provided in the statute. The scope
of the liability protections associated with a "no further action
classification" is tied directly to the scope of the assessment undertaken by
the participant and the exposure pathways and contaminants for which a standard
has been demonstrated and confirmed by department approval.
Rule 137.4(455H) defines a procedure for determining concentrations of
contaminants of concern in soil and groundwater which reflect "background
standards." These levels are intended to reflect concentrations of
contaminants which are considered to be naturally occurring or generalized
within the affected area and not associated with a release.
Rule 137.5(455H) defines criteria for calculating concentrations of
contaminants of concern in soil and groundwater which constitute "statewide
standards." These statewide standards are derived by assuming direct exposure
to contaminated soil and groundwater through two basic pathways of exposure,
ingestion of soils and ingestion of groundwater. These two pathways of
exposure must be evaluated in every case. The rules reserve discretion in the
department to require evaluation of other exposure pathways when other pathways
are determined to be of concern. Participants may also choose to address other
pathways and thereby more effectively define the scope of liability
protection.
Rule 137.6(455H) establishes criteria for establishing site-specific standards.
The statute required these standards be developed consistent with a risk-based
approach and consistent with the "American Society for Testing of Materials"
standards (ASTM) applied to petroleum and nonpetroleum hazardous substances.
The Department and TAC believe the proposed rules are consistent with these
protocols. Similar to the statewide standards, the rules require two basic
exposure pathways be evaluated in all cases, exposure based on the risk of soil
ingestion and groundwater ingestion. The rules expressly provide criteria for
determining site-specific standards for surface water and ambient air when
those exposures appear to be a concern. The department reserves the authority
to require, and participants may choose to address, other exposure pathways
when the assessment warrants it. This rule must be read in conjunction with
rule 137.9(455H) dealing with the "risk evaluation and response action" policy
since they are very closely tied together.
Rule 137.7(455H) addresses the use of institutional controls and technological
controls. This rule does not specifically define under what conditions these
controls may be employed but establishes general policies regarding what types
of controls will be considered, basic requirements for implementation and the
regulatory consequences of failure of these controls to meet their intended
purpose. The rule more specifically addresses the use of "environmental
easements" which is a restriction on land use mechanism created in Iowa Code
Supplement section 455H.206.
Rule 137.8(455H) defines the basic requirements that must be met in conducting
the site investigation and characterization of an enrolled site. The rules
generally require that a site be fully characterized in order to establish
compliance with any standards. Particularly due to the finality and liability
protections associated with a no further action classification, the rules
require full definition of the vertical and horizontal extent of soil and
groundwater contamination.
Rule 137.9(455H) provides for submission of a "Remedial Action and Response
Action" document which would contain the analysis of the site investigation
data and a demonstration as to how the participant has met or intends to meet
standards, e.g., through the application of active remediation technology,
institutional and technological controls, or monitoring. The general rule is
that the response action proposal must be approved by the Department but the
rule gives participants the option to proceed without department approval after
giving notice, providing a description of proposed response actions and a
schedule for completion. However, the rule expressly cautions that
participants proceed at their own risk if department approval is not obtained
and there is no guarantee that they will be entitled to a no further action
classification based on their activities.
Rule 137.10(455H) establishes the policy and procedures which must be met in
order to demonstrate that the response actions developed as part of the
response action document in 137.9(455H), or implemented without department
approval, have in fact been met. There are several confirmation procedures,
including statistical analysis, which may be utilized to establish compliance
with standards and entitlement to a no further action classification.
Rule 137.11(455H) establishes the policy and procedures for issuance of a no
further action certificate. The rule addresses and attempts to further define
the scope of the liability protections which accompany this classification.
The rule defines under what conditions regulatory action can be "reopened" and
what the consequences to the participants and other statutorily liable parties
may be if a site is reopened due to, for example, failure of institutional
controls.
A sample "no further action certificate" form containing language which could
be used on a case-by-case basis is included in this notice. A model
"environmental easement" is also included. These forms are referenced in the
chapter and are being published in this Notice for public comment. They will
not be published as part of the final rules.
Any interested party may submit written comments to Joe Obr, Iowa Department of
Natural Resources, Wallace State Office Building, 900 East Grand Avenue, Des
Moines, Iowa 50319, or by fax (515)281-8895, no later than September 3,
1998.
The Department will hold three public hearings on the proposed rules. Each
hearing will begin at 1:30 p.m. Technical staff will be available at each
hearing site from 1 to 1:30 p.m. to answer questions, provide background
information or otherwise assist the public in understanding the proposed rules
and the rule adoption process. Public hearings will be held on the following
dates and places.
Tuesday,
September 1, 1998
|
Fourth
Floor Conference Rooms,
Henry A. Wallace Building,
900 E. Grand Avenue,
Des Moines
|
Wednesday,
September 2, 1998
|
Community
Room
(next door to City Hall),
111 N. Main, Denison
|
Thursday,
September 3, 1998
|
Iowa
Rooms A and B,
Third Floor, Iowa Hall,
Kirkwood Community College, Cedar Rapids
|
These rules may have an impact on small businesses as provided in Iowa Code
section 17A.31.
The rules are intended to implement Iowa Code Supplement chapter 455H.
The following chapter is proposed.
Adopt the following new chapter:
CHAPTER 137
IOWA LAND RECYCLING PROGRAM
AND RESPONSE ACTION
STANDARDS
567--137.1(455H) Authority, purpose and applicability.
137.1(1) Authority. This chapter is adopted under the authority of
Iowa Code Supplement chapter 455H. These rules establish the policy and
procedures for the voluntary enrollment of contaminated property in the "land
recycling program" established under chapter 455H. These rules also establish
the response action standards which participants must meet in order to qualify
for a no further action certificate and the statutory protections and
immunities which follow from it.
137.1(2) Purpose. Consistent with the declaration of policy
stated in Iowa Code Supplement section 455H.104, these rules are intended to
achieve the dual objective of addressing the current and future risks
associated with contaminated property and thereby enhancing the market
conditions which can lead to development of these properties into their highest
productive use. These objectives can in part be met through a program which
encourages voluntary participation by persons who may have a legal duty to
address, in part or in whole, the contamination within an affected area as well
as persons who might not have a legal obligation but who have an interest in
development of enrolled sites. These rules attempt to provide a degree of
certainty in the response action process as an incentive to participants and as
a means of assisting participants in quantifying their financial investment.
The following statement of principles is intended as a guide both in the
interpretation of these rules and as a statement of the department's regulatory
philosophy.
a. It is the objective of the department and these rules to establish a
collaborative process between the participant(s) and department staff as the
most effective means of achieving consensus and resolving disputes on issues
which are not or cannot be fully defined and anticipated by rule.
b. Although participation in this program is voluntary, these rules establish
basic standards which must be met in order to obtain regulatory closure from
the department through issuance of a no further action certificate.
c. Although the scope of the response actions addressed under these rules may
not in every case address all known or unknown releases within an affected
area, it should be the objective of both the department and the participants to
work together and to use all resources available to address all known releases
within an affected area in the interest of protecting public health, safety and
the environment as well as achieving regulatory finality.
137.1(3) Applicability. These rules shall apply only to releases of
contaminants which are being addressed at enrolled sites. The department may
in its discretion apply the response action rules in 137.4(455H) through
137.10(455H) to releases of contaminants at sites which are not enrolled.
These rules do not in any way limit the statutory liabilities of participants
or nonparticipants except as expressly provided within the context of
enrollment and Iowa Code Supplement chapter 455H. Consistent with Iowa Code
Supplement section 455H.505, these rules do not limit the authority of the
department or the responsibility of statutorily responsible persons to provide
notice of hazardous conditions under 567--Chapter 131 or to respond to new
releases and undertake emergency response actions under 567--Chapter 133. For
sites which are not enrolled, 567--Chapter 133 rules will remain in effect and
for enrolled sites 567--Chapter 133 shall apply to the extent it is not
inconsistent with this chapter.
567--137.2(455H) Definitions.
"Affected area" means any real property affected, suspected of being affected,
or modeled to be likely affected by a release occurring at an enrolled site.
"Affiliate" means a corporate parent, subsidiary, or predecessor of a
participant, a co-owner or co-operator of a participant, a spouse, parent, or
child of a participant, an affiliated corporation or enterprise of a
participant, or any other person substantially involved in the legal affairs or
management of a participant as defined by the department.
"Background standard" means a standard which represents concentrations of
contaminants which are naturally occurring or are generally present and not
related to a readily identifiable release.
"Carcinogenic health risk" means the incremental risk of a person developing
cancer over a lifetime (70 years) as a result of exposure to a hazardous
substance, expressed as a probability such as one in a million
(10-6). The contaminant level for the probability value is derived
from application of certain designated exposure assumptions and a slope
factor.
"Contaminant" means any hazardous substance found in the various media of the
environment.
"Contaminant of concern" means specific hazardous substances that are
identified for evaluation in the risk assessment process. Identification can
be based on their historical and current use at the site, detected
concentrations in environmental media and their mobility, toxicity, and
persistence in the environment.
"Enrolled site" means any property which has been or is suspected to be the
site of or affected by a release and which has been enrolled pursuant to this
chapter by a participant.
"Environmental protection easement" means an institutional control created
under Iowa Code Supplement section 455H.206 which is a statutorily authorized
restriction on land use.
"Exposure pathway" means the course a contaminant of concern may take from its
source area to an exposed organism. Each exposure pathway includes a source or
release from a source, a point of exposure, and an exposure route.
"Exposure route" means the manner in which a contaminant of concern comes in
contact with an organism (e.g., ingestion, inhalation, dermal contact).
"Free product" means a hazardous substance that is present as a nonaqueous
phase liquid (e.g., liquid not dissolved in water) or is present as a solid in
its original form as a product or waste material.
"Gross contamination" means contamination present at concentrations in an
amount sufficient to reasonably expect that institutional or technological
controls will not be adequately protective of human health or the
environment.
"Group A and B chemicals" means hazardous substances which have been classified
for human carcinogenicity as Group A - Human Carcinogen or Group B - Probable
Human Carcinogen. Group A is used only when there is sufficient evidence from
epidemiological studies to support a causal association between the hazardous
substance and cancer in humans. Group B is divided into two subgroups. Group
B1 is for hazardous substances for which there is limited evidence of
carcinogenicity from epidemiological studies. Group B2 is for hazardous
substances for which there is sufficient evidence of carcinogenicity from
animal studies but inadequate or no data from epidemiological studies.
"Group C, D and E chemicals" means hazardous substances which have been
classified for human carcinogenicity as Group C - Possible Human Carcinogen;
Group D - Not Classifiable as to Human Carcinogenicity; Group E - Evidence of
Noncarcinogenicity for Humans; or which have not been classified for human
carcinogenicity. Group C is for hazardous substances with limited evidence of
inadequate human and animal evidence of carcinogenicity or for which no data
are available. Group E is for hazardous substances which show no evidence of
carcinogenicity in two adequate animal tests in different species or in both
adequate epidemiological and animal studies.
"Hazardous substance" means any substance or mixture of substances that
presents a danger to the public health or safety and includes, but is not
limited to, a substance that is toxic, corrosive, or flammable, or that is an
irritant or that generates pressure through decomposition, heat, or other
means. "Hazardous substance" may include any hazardous waste identified or
listed by the administrator of the United States Environmental Protection
Agency under the Solid Waste Disposal Act as amended by the Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, or any toxic pollutant listed under
Section 307 of the federal Water Pollution Control Act as amended to January 1,
1977, or any hazardous substance designated under Section 311 of the federal
Water Pollution Control Act as amended to January 1, 1997, or any hazardous
material designated by the secretary of transportation under the Hazardous
Materials Transportation Act.
"Hydraulic conductivity" means a measure of the capacity of a porous medium
(rock or soil) to transmit water. It is expressed as the volume of water that
will flow through a unit length of a unit cross-sectional area of the porous
medium in a unit time with a unit head loss.
"Institutional controls" means a nonphysical action which restricts land use to
reduce or eliminate exposure to the contaminants of an affected area.
"Lifetime health advisory (HAL)" means an advisory level established by the
United States Environmental Protection Agency which represents the
concentration of a single contaminant in drinking water which is not expected
to cause adverse health effects over lifetime exposure.
"Maximum contaminant level (MCL)" means a standard for drinking water
established by the United States Environmental Protection Agency under the Safe
Drinking Water Act which is the maximum permissible level of a contaminant in
water which is delivered to any user of a public water supply.
"No further action certificate" means the same as no further action letter in
Iowa Code Supplement section 455H.301. It is a document issued by the
department to the participant certifying no further response action is required
at an enrolled site for those conditions classified as no further action except
the monitoring or the maintenance of institutional or technological controls
when required.
"No further action certification" means the department has determined an
enrolled site has met all standards applicable for the identified hazardous
substances and no further response action is required except the monitoring or
the maintenance of institutional or technological controls when required.
"Noncancer health risk" means the potential for adverse systemic or toxic
effects caused by exposure to noncarcinogenic hazardous substances expressed as
the hazard quotient for a hazardous substance. A hazard quotient is the ratio
of the level of exposure of a hazardous substance over a specified time period
to a reference dose derived for a similar time period.
"Participant" means any person who enrolls property pursuant to this chapter.
A participant is a participant only to the extent the participant complies with
the requirement of this chapter.
"Point of compliance" means a location selected within the affected area where
the concentration of contaminants of concern must be at or below the target
levels established for that point.
"Point of exposure" means the location at which an individual or population may
come in contact with a contaminant of concern from the enrolled site.
"Protected groundwater source" means a saturated bed, formation, or group of
formations which has a hydraulic conductivity of at least 0.44 meters per day
(m/d) and a total dissolved solids concentration of less than 2,500 milligrams
per liter (mg/l).
"Receptor" means an individual or population that is or may be affected by a
release from the enrolled site.
"Release" means any spilling, leaking, pouring, emitting, emptying,
discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, or disposing into the
environment of a hazardous substance, including the abandonment or discarding
of barrels, containers, and other closed receptacles containing any hazardous
substance, but excludes all of the following:
1. Any release which results in exposure to persons solely within a workplace,
with respect to a claim which such persons may assert against the employer of
such persons.
2. Emission from the engine exhaust of a motor vehicle, rolling stock,
aircraft, vessel, or pipeline pumping station engine.
3. The release of source, by-product, or special nuclear material from a
nuclear incident, as those terms are defined in the federal Atomic Energy Act
of 1954, if such release is subject to requirements with respect to financial
protection established by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission under 42 U.S.C.
§ 2210 or, for the purposes of 42 U.S.C. § 9604 or any other response
action, any release of source, by-product, or special nuclear material from any
processing site designated under 42 U.S.C. § 7912(a)(1) or §
7942(a).
4. The use of pesticides in accordance with the product label.
"Residential land-use area" means an area zoned for residential use or an area
where residential use currently exists, is planned, or is not otherwise
precluded. In addition, a residential land-use area includes other areas where
frequent, long-term, close contact with soils is likely to occur (e.g.,
playgrounds, sport fields, gardens, child care facilities).
"Response action" means an action taken to reduce, minimize, eliminate, clean
up, control, assess, or monitor a release to protect the public health and
safety or the environment. "Response action" includes, but is not limited to,
investigation, excavation, removal, disposal, cleaning of groundwaters or
surface waters, natural biodegradation, institutional controls, technological
controls, or site management practices.
"Restricted access" means a nonresidential area in which access is physically
limited to prevent unauthorized access or incidental exposure (e.g., fenced-in,
covered with buildings or pavement, remote location).
"Risk evaluation/response action document" means a document based on the site
assessment for the enrolled site which includes a risk evaluation, proposed
response action, and proposed compliance verification strategy for the enrolled
site.
"Site assessment plan" means the optional plan submitted to the department
which lays out the rationale and the steps to be followed in the conduct of a
site assessment for the enrolled site.
"Site assessment report" means the report of the site assessment which defines
the nature and extent of contamination, identifies likely exposure pathways,
and allows for characterizing potential and current exposure risks posed by the
enrolled site.
"Site-specific standard" means a standard for a specific site which represents
a concentration of a contaminant in a media of an affected area at which
exposure through a specific pathway is considered unlikely to pose a threat to
human health, safety, or the environment given site-specific factors related to
contaminant transport and likely exposure.
"Statewide standard" means a standard which represents a concentration of a
contaminant in a specific media of an affected area at which normal,
unrestricted exposure through a specific exposure pathway is considered
unlikely to pose a threat to human health, safety, or the environment.
"Surface water" means general use segments as provided in 567--paragraph
61.3(1)"a" and designated use segments of water bodies as provided in
567--paragraph 61.3(1)"b" and 567--subrule 61.3(5).
"Target level" means a concentration of a contaminant of concern required to
establish compliance with background, statewide or site-specific standards.
"Technological control" means a physical action whose main purpose is to reduce
or eliminate exposure to the contaminants of an affected area.
567--137.3(455H) Enrollment in land recycling program.
137.3(1) Property eligible for enrollment. Unless excluded by
statute or this rule and subject to eligibility conditions specified in this
chapter, property which has been or is suspected to be the site of or affected
by a release of a hazardous substance as defined in Iowa Code Supplement
section 455H.103 is eligible for enrollment beginning (effective date of the
rule), 1998. The following sites shall not be enrolled in the land recycling
program:
a. Property with petroleum releases associated with underground storage tanks
subject to regulation under Iowa Code chapter 455B, division IV, part 8; and
department rules under 567--Chapter 135. (However, property affected by
releases of "regulated substances" from underground storage tanks other than
petroleum as defined in rule 567-- 135.2(455B) subject to regulation under
567--Chapter 135 may be enrolled under this chapter. Property enrolled and
affected by a release from underground storage tanks of regulated substances
other than petroleum will be subject to the response action standards in this
chapter rather than those in 567--135.8(455B) through 135.12(455B). See also
567-- paragraph 135.1(3)"e.")
b. Property which has been placed or is proposed to be included on the national
priorities list established pursuant to the federal Comprehensive Environmental
Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA), 42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et
seq. A property will be considered proposed at the time that a public notice
of intent to list the property on the national priorities list is published in
the Federal Register in accordance with 40 CFR 300.425.
c. An animal feeding operation structure as defined in Iowa Code section
455B.161.
d. Those properties affected by any of the following conditions:
(1) Any release which results in exposure to persons solely within a workplace,
with respect to a claim which such persons may assert against the employer of
such persons.
(2) Emissions from the engine exhaust of a motor vehicle, rolling stock,
aircraft, vessel, or pipeline pumping station engine.
(3) The release of source, by-product, or special nuclear material from a
nuclear incident, as those terms are defined in the federal Atomic Energy Act
of 1954, if such release is subject to requirements with respect to financial
protection established by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission under 42 U.S.C.
§ 2210 or, for the purposes of 42 U.S.C. § 9604 or any other response
action, any release of source, by-product, or special nuclear material from any
processing site designated under 42 U.S.C. § 7912(a)(1) or 7942(a).
(4) The use of pesticides in accordance with the product label.
e. Properties subject to administrative or judicial enforcement action by the
department or the Environmental Protection Agency or subject to an
administrative or judicial consent order addressing environmental conditions.
These properties may be eligible for enrollment only with the written approval
of and under such terms as determined by the enforcing agency.
f. Eligible properties which are or may be affected by or commingled with
ineligible releases or conditions will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis to
determine their appropriateness for enrollment. Only the eligible property and
participant(s) will be afforded the benefits and immunities available under
Iowa Code Supplement chapter 455H. Any protections provided by issuance of a
no further action certificate will be limited by and may be subject to
reopening due to future conditions associated with the ineligible release.
Considerations for enrollment or exclusion include but are not limited to the
following:
(1) The extent to which eligible releases and site conditions can be assessed
and response action(s) designed and implemented independent of the ineligible
releases and property.
(2) The extent to which the liability and other protections offered by Iowa
Code Supplement chapter 455H and the conditions of a no further action
certificate can reasonably be defined to apply to the eligible site without
consideration of or dependence on future conditions associated with the
ineligible release and property.
(3) The extent to which a participant is willing to conduct all response
action(s) necessary to address the health, safety and environmental conditions
implicated by both eligible and ineligible releases and conditions. The extent
to which a nonparticipant responsible for the ineligible release and property
can establish an intention and ability to cooperatively address and share costs
associated with the commingled conditions and satisfy both the standards in
this chapter and any other regulatory standards applicable to the ineligible
release or condition.
137.3(2) Enrollment policy and procedures. Prior to enrollment, the
applicant/participant(s) should have conducted sufficient preliminary site
investigation and project planning to be prepared to show that a site is
eligible for enrollment and the participant(s) is ready and capable of
initiating and completing a response action in accordance with these rules.
The applicant/participant(s) must submit a completed program application and
participation agreement form as supplied by the department. The program
application shall contain at least the following information.
a. An acknowledgment of access/control of the site signed by the participant if
that person is a fee titleholder in the affected property; if the
applicant/participant(s) is not a fee titleholder, then an acknowledgment by
the fee titleholder of the affected property. If acknowledgment of access
cannot be obtained, the participant must describe efforts to obtain access and
reasons why it has been refused.
b. The name, address and other relevant information of each current and
anticipated participant(s). The description should include a brief statement
of the reasons for each person's participation including but not limited to
that person's interest in and legal relationship to the property enrolled and
the expected role and scope of any participation. Other persons who are not
participants but who may have an interest in the project should be identified,
such as state and local development agencies, community groups, and financing
sources.
c. The applicant/participant(s) must demonstrate the presence of hazardous
substances at concentrations that warrant response action(s) under the
standards in this chapter. At a minimum the environmental condition to be
addressed must be documented by the submission of a report which includes the
following:
(1) Soil and/or groundwater samples of hazardous substances which have been
analyzed by a laboratory certified under 567--Chapter 83 for the analytes being
tested. If there is not a laboratory certified under 567--Chapter 83 for the
analytes being tested, then samples may be tested in accordance with
567--paragraph 133.3(1)"d." The laboratory analysis should establish the
presence of hazardous substances under conditions which exceed or are likely to
exceed a statewide standard, if a statewide standard is available. Copies of
the laboratory analytical report, boring logs and a site diagram showing the
location of the sampling points in relation to the site should be included.
(2) A description of the current and historical uses of the property based on a
reasonable and diligent inquiry. This must include a description of the
following: (a) known sources and probable locations of hazardous substances
and probable location of the sources at the property which the participant
proposes to address as part of the project; (b) a general description of the
historical uses of the property and probable hazardous substances which could
reasonably be associated with past land use; (c) a general description of the
surface characteristics of the property and surrounding areas such as current
zoning, residential, commercial and industrial uses, and current uses of
adjoining properties.
d. Any assessments or other reports relating to the environmental conditions
at the property which are known to and within the control of the
applicant/participant shall be submitted. If the applicant/participant intends
to claim that information constitutes a privileged environmental audit as
provided in 1998 Iowa Acts, House File 681, the applicant must notify the
department of the claim and resolve the issue of privilege prior to submittal.
The applicant shall not submit to the department a report or any part of a
report which it claims to be privileged and any information submitted under
this paragraph shall be deemed a nonprivileged submittal as provided in section
6, paragraph (1)"a," of the Act. This provision does not relieve the
applicant/participant of any obligation to notify the department of a hazardous
condition as provided in Iowa Code section 455B.386 and rules under
567--Chapter 131.
e. A statement of the project objectives which includes the current use of the
property, proposed development activities, and an expected time frame for
meeting these objectives. The statement should include a general description
of the scope of the proposed environmental condition to be addressed and a
proposed schedule for initiation and submittal of site assessment activities
pursuant to rule 137.8(455H). The statement should describe any foreseeable
barriers toward achieving project objectives such as access to property,
financing uncertainties, legal actions, allocation of responsibility amongst
parties.
f. A list of all known permits and regulatory actions and directives associated
with an environmental condition at the site. If any parcel of the proposed
enrolled site is subject to any federal regulatory corrective action
directives, administrative orders or judicial actions, these must be explained.
The applicant must submit written proof that the appropriate federal regulatory
agency has been notified of the applicant's desire to participate in the Iowa
land recycling program. Objections, concerns or issues which could lead to
disputes regarding dual or conflicting jurisdiction should be resolved prior to
application, if possible, and before admission.
g. The department will respond in writing within 60 days of receipt of the
enrollment application. The department will notify the
applicant/participant(s) whether the site has been accepted and an expected
time line for assignment of the project to a manager. If the site is not
accepted, the department will notify the applicant of the reason(s) why. Upon
notification of admission, the property shall be considered enrolled. Once
the department has assigned the enrolled site to a project manager, the
department will enter into a participation agreement with the
participant(s).
137.3(3) Enrollment fees and oversight costs. A nonrefundable
enrollment fee of $750 must be submitted with the program application. This
fee is intended to cover the department's cost of reviewing the program
application and a minimum amount of subsequent oversight costs. Subsequent
fees in excess of the minimum $750 may be assessed for actual oversight costs
incurred by the department as provided in this chapter. Department oversight
activities may include, but are not limited to: review of documents, meetings
with the participant(s), site visits, sampling, and laboratory costs related to
verification of submitted materials. The total fees for oversight costs shall
not exceed $7,500 per enrolled site. Fees shall be assessed and collected as
follows:
a. Hourly billing rate. Project oversight fees shall be based on an hourly
rate to cover wages and overhead costs of personnel employed by the department
in the land recycling program. The department shall calculate and publish on
an annual basis an hourly billing rate at which oversight fees shall be
calculated.
b. Quarterly payments. The department shall bill the participant(s) on a
quarterly basis for additional oversight costs beyond the review of the
application incurred by the department. The participant(s) shall pay the
department within 30 days after receiving the department's quarterly fee
statement. If there is more than one participant, each shall be jointly and
severally responsible for payment. The department will provide split billings
if provided with an enforceable written contract allocating the fees amongst
the participants.
c. Failure to pay required fees. If the participant(s) fails to pay department
oversight fees that are required under this subrule, the department shall cease
to provide oversight to the participant(s) and terminate enrollment of the site
as described in subrule 137.3(7).
137.3(4) Participation agreement. All participants shall enter into a
participation agreement. This agreement shall be executed at the time the
project is assigned to a project manager. At a minimum, the agreement shall
establish the following:
a. A requirement that the participant(s) agree and provide necessary
documentation to ensure reasonable access to the affected property by
department staff and other authorized representatives of the department.
b. A requirement that the participant(s) reimburse the department for the
actual costs assessed as provided in 567-- subrule 136.3(3).
c. A requirement that the participant(s) certify they have the financial means
to complete the project based on an initial estimate of completion costs. The
department may require modification and amendment of the financial
certification at any stage in the project and may require the participant(s) to
provide financial documentation as necessary to support the certification.
d. A requirement that the participation agreement shall include a general
description of the scope of the project and the goals to be achieved, a general
time frame for submission and review of documents in accordance with this
chapter, allocation of responsibility amongst multiple participants and other
appropriate milestones. Either the participant(s) or the department may
request a meeting to develop a statement describing the scope, goals, and time
frames for the project.
137.3(5) Prioritization. Eligible sites will be enrolled in the
order in which they are received. The department reserves the right to elevate
the priority of a given site if it determines the threat to the public health
or environment or environmental conditions in combination with the development
objectives consistent with Iowa Code Supplement section 455H.104 is
significantly greater than those of sites with an earlier enrollment date.
137.3(6) Withdrawal procedures. Enrollment and continued participation
in the program is voluntary. The participant(s) may withdraw the enrolled site
and individual participants may withdraw from further participation in the land
recycling program at any time upon written notice to the department. Any
participant who withdraws an enrolled site from further participation in the
program shall not be entitled to any refund or credit for the $750 enrollment
fee and shall be liable for any oversight costs actually incurred by the
department up to the cap of $7,500 per enrolled site. A participant who
withdraws a site prior to completion of all response action(s) required by this
chapter and issuance of a no further action certificate in accordance with rule
137.11(455H) forfeits all benefits and immunities provided by this chapter and
Iowa Code chapter 455H. Prior to withdrawal, the participant(s) shall submit a
plan, which must be approved by the department, for stabilization of conditions
at the site or a justification for why further action to stabilize the site is
not necessary. Participants shall be required to take such actions as the
department determines necessary to stabilize conditions at the site, including,
but not limited to, securing or properly abandoning monitoring wells, removing
or otherwise properly disposing of all contaminated soil excavations, removing
or properly disposing of exposed or exhumed contaminants, filling or properly
fencing open excavations, and posting safety notices.
137.3(7) Termination of enrollment. Enrollment of a participant(s) may
be terminated based on a finding of material noncompliance with department
rules and statutory requirements including but not limited to the following:
a. Significant failure, after written notice, to comply with schedules for
completion and submission of reports and implementation of response action(s)
required by these rules or otherwise agreed upon in writing by the department
and participants. Written requests for reasonable schedule extensions may be
granted upon a showing of extenuating circumstances beyond the control of the
participant(s) and the participant(s) agent/contractor.
b. Failure to proceed in a timely manner after written notice in performing the
additional response action required due to a failure of technological and
institutional controls pursuant to rule 137.7(455H).
c. Material misstatement or omission of fact in reports submitted to the
department by the participant or agents of the participant.
d. Evidence that the site falls under one of the exclusion categories in
subrule 137.3(1).
e. Failure to pay required fees to the department as required in subrule
137.3(3).
137.3(8) Appeal rights. The department will notify
participant(s) of a denial of enrollment or of an intent to terminate
enrollment and provide a statement of reasons. The participant(s) shall have a
right to appeal the decision to deny enrollment or to terminate and, upon
timely appeal, contested case procedures shall be initiated pursuant to
561--Chapter 7.
567--137.4(455H) Background standards.
137.4(1) Purpose. This rule defines the basis and procedure for
establishing background standards in groundwater, soil, surface water, and air.
Background standards represent concentrations of contaminants that are
naturally occurring or generally present and not related to a readily
identifiable release. Background standards provide a baseline for assessing
impacts of contaminant releases from within the affected area.
137.4(2) Determination of background standards. Background standards
shall be based on sampling at appropriate site-specific background locations.
Background sampling locations shall be outside the influence of any possible
contamination associated with releases occurring on the property in which the
enrolled site is located. Sufficient supporting information shall be provided
to demonstrate the appropriateness of background sampling locations.
Appropriateness for background sampling locations has two aspects which shall
be addressed:
a. Background samples shall be collected from a location which represents a
true background condition with respect to the enrolled site. For example, a
background groundwater sample will be collected from an upgradient location
relative to groundwater movement.
b. Background samples will represent conditions which are comparable to the
contaminated media being addressed. In the case of soils, samples from the
affected area and the background areas will be comparable in physical,
chemical, and biological attributes.
Sampling conducted for the purpose of establishing a background standard shall
meet quality criteria specified for the site assessment, rule 137.8(455H). The
minimum number of samples to be collected from the medium of concern for which
a background standard is being established shall be consistent with rule
137.10(455H), regarding demonstration of compliance.
567--137.5(455H) Statewide standards.
137.5(1) Purpose. This rule defines the basis and procedure for
establishing statewide standards for contaminants in groundwater, soil, and
surface water. Statewide standards for groundwater and soil represent
concentrations of contaminants in these media at which normal exposure via
ingestion is considered unlikely to pose a threat to human health. Statewide
standards for surface water are based on protection of aquatic life, except
when the surface water is a source of drinking water in which case they are
based on protection of human health. This rule also describes how air
standards are to be addressed.
137.5(2) Scope. Statewide standards described herein address what are
considered to be the most likely, normal exposure situations. Statewide
standards address direct exposure via ingestion to contaminants in the media of
concern only. In the event other exposure concerns are identified, such that
statewide standards are not protective of human health and the environment, the
department may deny the use of the statewide standards prescribed herein and
require the use of site-specific standards based on site-specific conditions
pursuant to subrule 137.6(9).
Examples of exposure concerns not anticipated by thestatewide standard might
include, but are not limited to:
* Significant plant uptake of contaminants from soil or groundwater,
* Contaminants entering drinking water lines from contact with soil or
groundwater,
* Situations in which dermal exposure to contaminants in soil poses a
substantially greater risk than ingestion of the soil,
* Situations where the contaminated media represents a contaminant source
for other exposure concerns or pathways,
* Ecological concerns, other than for surface water,
* Groundwater in a nonprotected groundwater source that is used or likely
to be used for drinking water or other use.
137.5(3) Establishment of risk-based contaminant concentrations.
a. Risk-based concentration formula. Risk-based contaminant concentrations for
soil and groundwater, except lead, shall be computed using the following
formula, where appropriate:
(Formula I)
C
|
=
|
RF_AT_365
days/year
|
|
|
Abs_[(ERc_EFc_EDc)
BWc+(ERa_EFa_EDa)
BWa]_CF
|
Where: C = Concentration of contaminant (soil: mg/kg, water: mg/l)
RF = Risk factor
For protection from cancer health risks:
RF = TR÷SF
Where: TR = Target cancer risk (unitless)
SF = Oral slope factor per (mg/kg)/day;
see paragraph "c" for
source.
For protection from noncancer health risks:
RF = THQ _ RfD
Where: THQ = Target hazard quotient (unitless)
RfD = Oral reference dose ((mg/kg))/day;
see paragraph "c" for
source.
AT = Averaging time (years); time over which exposure is
averaged and
potential adverse effects may occur
Abs = Absorption factor (unitless); portion of exposed
contaminant
absorbed by the body
ERc = Exposure rate by a child (soil: mg/day, water: l/day)
EFc = Exposure frequency by a child (days/year)
EDc = Exposure duration by a child (years)
BWc = Body weight of exposed child (kg)
ERa = Exposure rate by an adult (soil: mg/day, water: l/day)
EFa = Exposure frequency by an adult (days/year)
EDa = Exposure duration by an adult (years)
BWa = Body weight of exposed adult (kg)
CF = Conversion factor: 10-6 kg/mg for soils;
1 (unitless)
for water
b. Carcinogenic classification of chemicals. The potential carcinogenicity of
chemicals will be based on the weight-of-evidence classification system
utilized by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). Risk-based
concentrations will be based on cancer health effects for chemicals that are
classified as Group A or Group B. Risk-based concentrations will be based on
noncancer health effects for chemicals that are classified as Group C, Group D
or Group E. In the absence of such classification for a chemical, the Group D
classification will be assumed.
c. Source of toxicity values. Source of information on toxicity factors (e.g.,
oral reference doses and oral slope factors) and carcinogenic classification
for chemicals shall be in accordance with the following hierarchy. The most
recent version of each shall be used.
(1) EPA's Integrated Risk Information System (IRIS).
(2) EPA's Health Effects Assessment Summary Tables (HEAST).
(3) Best available information, including consultation with toxicologists at
EPA's National Center for Exposure Assessment in Cincinnati, Ohio.
137.5(4) Statewide standards for groundwater.
a. Protected groundwater source. Statewide standards for groundwater in
a protected groundwater source will be the enforceable Maximum Contaminant
Level (MCL) established by the EPA pursuant to the Safe Drinking Water Act, if
one exists. If no enforceable MCL exists, the statewide standard for chemicals
will be the lifetime health advisory level (HAL) as provided in the
latest "Drinking Water Regulations and Health Advisories" by the EPA's Office
of Water or equivalent. If no MCL or HAL exists, the statewide standard for a
chemical will be calculated using Formula I and input variables for groundwater
ingestion in accordance with the following subparagraphs.
(1) Input variables for calculating statewide standards for chemicals in
groundwater from a protected groundwater source based on cancer risk are as
follows:
TR = 5 _ 10-6
SF = Chemical-specific (see paragraph 137.5(3)"c")
AT = 70 years
Abs = 1
ERc = 1 l/day
EFc = 0 days/year
EDc = 6 years
BWc = 15 kg
ERa = 2 l/day
EFa = 365 days/year
EDa = 70 years
BWa = 70 kg
CF = 1
(2) Input variables for calculating statewide standards for chemicals in
groundwater from a protected groundwater source based on noncancer risk are as
follows:
THQc = 0.02 (Group C chemicals);
THQD,E = 0.2 (Group D and E chemicals)
RfD = Chemical-specific (see paragraph 137.5(3)"c")
AT = 70 years
Abs = 1
ERc = 1 l/day
EFc = 0 days/year
EDc = 6 years
BWc = 15 kg
ERa = 2 l/day
EFa = 365 days/year
EDa = 70 years
BWa = 70 kg
CF = 1
b. Groundwater in a nonprotected groundwater source. The statewide standard
for a Group A or B chemical, except arsenic, in groundwater in a nonprotected
groundwater source will be 20 times the statewide standard for the chemical in
a protected groundwater source or a risk-based concentration using Formula I
with TR = 10-4 and the exposure factors specified in subparagraph
137.5(4)"a"(1), whichever is larger. The statewide standard in a nonprotected
groundwater source for arsenic will be 0.1 mg/l. The statewide standard for a
Group C chemical in a nonprotected groundwater source will be 50 times the
statewide standard for the chemical in a protected groundwater source. The
statewide standard for a Group D or E chemical in a nonprotected groundwater
source will be 5 times the statewide standard for the chemical in a protected
groundwater source. However, in no case will the statewide standard for a
Group C, D, or E chemical in a nonprotected groundwater source be less than a
risk-based concentration using Formula I with a THQ = 1 and exposure factors as
specified in subparagraph 137.5(4)"a"(2). The statewide standards for
groundwater in a nonprotected groundwater source are based on groundwater
ingestion only.
137.5(5) Statewide standards for soil. Statewide standards for
chemicals in soil, except lead, will be calculated using Formula I based on
incidental ingestion of soil and dust with input variables in accordance with
the following paragraphs. The statewide standard for lead in soil shall be 400
mg/kg.
a. Input variables for calculating statewide standards for chemicals in soil
based on cancer risk are as follows:
TR = 10-6
SF = Chemical-specific (see paragraph 137.5(3)"c")
AT = 70 years
Abs = 1
ERc = 200 mg/day
EFc = 350 days/year
EDc = 6 years
BWc = 15 kg
ERa = 100 mg/day
EFa = 350 days/year
EDa = 64 years
BWa = 70 kg
CF = 10-6 kg/mg
b. Input variables for calculating statewide standards for chemicals in soil
based on noncancer risks are as follows:
THQ = 1
RfD = Chemical-specific (see paragraph 137.5(3)"c")
AT = 6 years
Abs = 1
ERc = 200 mg/day
EFc = 350 days/year
EDc = 6 years
BWc = 15 kg
ERa = 100 mg/day
EFa = 350 days/year
EDa = 0 years
BWa = 70 kg
CF = 10-6 kg/mg
137.5(6) Statewide standards for surface water. Water quality
standards pursuant to 567--Chapter 61 shall be considered statewide standards
for surface water. If a promulgated water quality standard does not exist for
a contaminant of concern, the department may establish an appropriate standard
in a manner consistent with 567--Chapter 61.
137.5(7) Statewide standards for air. Ambient air quality standards
pursuant to 567--Chapter 28 constitute statewide standards for air. Air
emission sources must meet air quality emission standards as set forth in
567--Chapters 20 through 31 inclusively, as applicable. Any relevant air
quality standard that is subsequently promulgated by statute or rule shall
become a statewide standard for air upon the effective date of adoption by the
state. In the absence of applicable, adopted standards, site-specific air
standards must be met, in accordance with subrule 137.6(8), when air quality
issues are addressed at a site.
137.5(8) Point of exposure for statewide standards. The point of
exposure associated with the use of only statewide standards in the
determination of compliance will be assumed to be anywhere and everywhere,
except for surface water. The point of exposure associated with the use of
statewide standards for surface water will be assumed to be the point of
groundwater or other site runoff immediately before it discharges to the
surface water body.
137.5(9) Practical quantification limits. In no case will the
statewide standard be less than the practical quantification limit, as
determined by the department.
137.5(10) Maintenance of statewide standards. The toxicity values and
promulgated standards that are a basis for statewide standards are subject to
periodic revision due to actions not governed under this rule. The department
will maintain a guidance document that contains a current list of statewide
standards that will be readily available to the public. Statewide standards
for individual sites will be locked-in at the beginning of the site assessment
process (rule 137.8(455H)). If a statewide standard does not exist for a
chemical, it will be the department's responsibility to establish a statewide
standard, pursuant to subrules 137.5(4) and 137.5(5), for groundwater and soil,
and to add it to the comprehensive list of statewide standards in the guidance
document maintained by the department.
567--137.6(455H) Site-specific standards.
137.6(1) Purpose. Site-specific standards may be used in lieu of
statewide standards when the assumptions which form the basis of statewide
standards can be modified without compromising protection of human health,
safety or the environment. Statewide standards may be used in combination with
site-specific standards to address different exposure pathways. Site-specific
standards may be required to address exposure pathways which the department
determines must be evaluated to be protective of human health, safety and the
environment and for which statewide standards have not been established under
rule 137.5(455H). Site-specific standards may involve development of target
levels for contaminants of concern based on site-specific exposure assumptions
for use in lieu of background or statewide standards. Site-specific standards
may also include consideration of the actual or potential location where
exposure to contaminants occurs or may occur, the likelihood of an exposure
occurring, and the overall magnitude and extent of contamination.
Site-specific standards may involve use of site-specific target levels for
contaminants of concern alone or in conjunction with other site-specific
criteria, such as the location where the standard is applied.
137.6(2) General provisions.
a. This rule establishes a minimum protocol that must be met at all enrolled
sites which have not established compliance by application of background or
statewide standards. Groundwater ingestion and soil ingestion pathway
standards under this rule must be evaluated. Surface water and air quality
standards under subrules 136.6(7) and 137.6(8) must be met whenever exposure
concerns are evident and the participant or the department determines these
pathways may present an unacceptable risk for current or future exposures.
This rule is not intended to preclude the department or the participant from
addressing other exposure pathways, and the department expressly reserves the
right to require evaluation of other exposure pathways and compliance with
site-specific standards developed for them such as: dermal contact, ingestion
of vegetables containing contaminants from soil or irrigation water, migration
of contaminants from groundwater or soil into water distribution lines or into
air in a confined space, migration of contaminants from soil to groundwater,
and migration of contaminants in a nonprotected groundwater source to a
protected groundwater source. Participants must establish compliance with
standards applicable to all exposure pathways required by the department under
this rule in order to qualify for no further action classification under rule
137.11(455H) unless granted a variance as provided in Iowa Code section
455H.205.
b. Site-specific standards are subject to the approval of the department.
Assurances in the form of technological or institutional controls (rule
137.7(455H)) will be required, as needed, to ensure continued protectiveness of
site-specific standards.
c. The following subrules provide options for the site-specific standards. The
participant may select any of these options, or combinations thereof, for use
as site-specific standards.
137.6(3) Site-specific groundwater point of exposure. A site-specific
groundwater standard may be an appropriate target level applied at groundwater
points of exposure that are limited by technological or institutional
controls.
a. A point of exposure for groundwater is a location within the affected area
where a well exists or could be placed (potential point of exposure). Where
technological or institutional controls are determined to effectively restrict
the placement of groundwater wells, the points of exposure apply outside the
area of restriction. A sufficient number of points of exposure may be
established for determining compliance such that compliance with appropriate
target levels at these points will ensure compliance at all points of exposure.
Normally a compliance point of exposure will be a location at the boundary of
the area restricted by an institutional control where a groundwater well could
be installed that would have the highest contaminant concentration. Generally
more than one compliance point of exposure must be established due to
uncertainties, such as spatial and temporal variabilities in groundwater flow
and contaminant occurrence.
b. Target levels. The point of exposure target level for drinking
water wells is the statewide standard applicable to groundwater ingestion or an
alternative site-specific target level approved under subrule 137.6(9) or
137.6(10). The point of exposure target level for non-drinking water wells is
the statewide standard applicable to nonprotected groundwater or an alternative
site-specific target level approved under subrule 137.6(9) or 137.6(10). The
point of exposure target level for nonused groundwater meeting the conditions
in subrule 137.6(5) is the statewide standard for a nonprotected groundwater
source.
c. Nonprotected groundwater sources. A nonprotected groundwater source which
is affecting or likely to affect an existing drinking water well shall be
required to meet the same site-specific standards, including point of exposure
target level(s), as applied to a protected groundwater source.
d. Unless conditions can be demonstrated to be stable, predictive techniques in
accordance with subrule 137.9(4) must be used to determine the future effects
of groundwater contamination on existing drinking and non-drinking water wells
and to determine the area predicted to exceed the point of exposure target
level(s) where wells could be installed. When using predictive techniques,
determining the location(s) where the applicable point of exposure target level
is expected to be exceeded may involve comparison of the appropriate numerical
standard to the predicted contaminant concentration at a passive monitoring
well at the groundwater point of exposure. Alternatively, predictive
techniques using site-specific models (paragraph 137.9(4)"b") may involve
simulation of pumping at a well located at the point of exposure, in which
case, the pumping rate used in the simulation shall be the rate that is
reasonably possible for the area that yields water with the highest contaminant
concentration. In absence of site-specific justification for doing otherwise,
long-term pumping will be assumed to be at a rate of 100 gallons per day; the
sustainable yield, if less than 100 gallons per day; or a reasonable, higher
rate, if such a rate results in higher contaminant concentration.
e. Institutional controls. For a protected groundwater source or a
nonprotected groundwater source as described in paragraph "b" above,
institutional controls must be shown to effectively prohibit the installation
of wells for the period of time in which contaminant concentrations might
otherwise be expected to result in an exceedance of the appropriate target
levels. For a nonprotected groundwater not described as in paragraph "b"
above, a less stringent standard of effectiveness as well as the type of future
well installation to be restricted may be utilized for those areas of potential
concern. Unless there is a history of usage of what might otherwise be
considered nonprotected groundwater or there is uncertainty as to the
uniformity in the hydraulic characteristics of the nonprotected groundwater
source, notice to the authority responsible for permitting private wells under
567--Chapters 39 and 49 may be adequate especially if combined with a municipal
or county ordinance prohibiting installation of private wells based on the
availability of a public water supply.
137.6(4) Site-specific groundwater point of compliance. A
site-specific standard may be established for a site-specific groundwater point
of compliance that is different from a compliance point of exposure. A
site-specific groundwater point of compliance must be used in conjunction with
all groundwater compliance points of exposure pursuant to subrule 137.6(3) to
provide an alternative monitoring location. Target levels for contaminants of
concern at a site-specific groundwater point of compliance must be established
using predictive techniques as specified in subrule 137.9(4). A target level
established for a groundwater point of compliance must ensure that the
appropriate target level at the groundwater compliance points of exposure will
be achieved. A groundwater point of compliance shall be located on the
contaminant migration path from the contaminant source to the point of exposure
to the maximum extent practicable.
137.6(5) Nonused groundwater in a protected water source. Statewide
standards for groundwater in a nonprotected groundwater source, pursuant to
paragraph 137.5(4)"b," may be used as target levels for contaminants in an
otherwise protected groundwater source when groundwater in the affected area is
not used and is not likely to be used in the future in accordance with the
following. It must be demonstrated to the satisfaction of the department that
contaminants from the enrolled site do not currently, and likely will not in
the future, have an impact on any existing water supply well. Any detection,
or predicted detection above the practical quantification limit, of a chemical
that can be attributed to a release from the enrolled site will be considered
to constitute an impact. Location of an affected area and potentially affected
area outside of the wellhead protection area of any public water supply will
normally satisfy this requirement with respect to public water supplies. A
location within a wellhead protection area does not necessarily preclude use of
nonused groundwater standards if it can be demonstrated to the satisfaction of
the department that the associated public water supply will not be affected by
contaminants from the enrolled site. In addition, it must be demonstrated to
the satisfaction of the department that the impacted or potentially impacted
aquifer is not a locally significant water resource. Factors that will go into
this determination may include, but are not limited to:
* Existence of a nonimpacted public water supply in the potentially
affected area;
* General availability of other water resources in the vicinity;
* Plans for development of public water supplies in the vicinity;
* Potential for use of the impacted aquifer as a water supply (e.g., yield,
natural water quality); and
* Identification of the aquifer(s) commonly used for water supply in the
vicinity.
A local ordinance prohibiting installation of private drinking water wells or
notification to the local water utility and water permitting authority, or
both, may constitute acceptable institutional controls for site-specific
standards under this subrule.
The target levels that may be used in accordance with this subrule are based
solely on groundwater ingestion. Compliance with this site-specific standard
will not guarantee that contaminants in groundwater may not cause unacceptable
exposure via other pathways (e.g., groundwater to air in a confined space,
groundwater to surface water, or groundwater to a water distribution line).
137.6(6) Site-specific soil standards based on land use and soil depth.
Site-specific soil standards based on land use and soil depth may be used in
conjunction with institutional controls. Predetermined site-specific soil
exposures based on residential, nonresidential, and restricted-access land use
and soil depth are provided in the following paragraphs. Lists of resulting
site-specific soil standards for these land use and soil depth categories will
be maintained by the department in a guidance document and made readily
available to the public. Use of these site-specific soil standards must be
supported by institutional controls that ensure that land use will not change
to a land use that has a larger potential exposure to soil than land use which
forms the basis for the standard being used. Site-specific soil standards
based on land use and soil depth, as described herein, address only ingestion
of soil. Compliance with these standards will not guarantee that contaminants
in soils may not cause unacceptable exposure via other pathways (e.g.,
ecological exposure, dermal contact with soil, soil to groundwater, soil to
confined air space).
a. Deep soil in a residential land-use area. Site-specific soil standards for
deep soils equaling ten times the statewide standard for soils, except for
lead, may be used. The lead standard for deep, residential soils is 800 mg/kg.
Soils at a depth of ten feet and greater will normally be classified as deep
soils. The department may deny the use of a deep soil standard associated with
a residential land use or require a modification to the standard due to
site-specific considerations including topography, development potential, and
actual development plans. In lieu of this default site-specific lead standard
for deep soil, a site-specific standard for lead in deep soil may be calculated
using the most current version of EPA's Exposure Model for Assessing Risk
Associated with Adult Exposures to Lead in Soil. The use of a site-specific
standard for deep soil in a residential land-use area shall be supported by an
institutional control that permanently records the existence of contaminants
above statewide standards in deep soils and restricts excavation resulting in
deep soils being placed on the surface.
b. Nonresidential land use. The nonresidential land-use designation will be
applicable to areas that are not classified as residential. Site-specific soil
standards, except for lead, for nonresidential areas are based on Formula I
using the risk and exposure factors shown in Table I. Site-specific soil
standards for lead in a nonresidential land-use area are 400, 800, and 1,600
mg/kg for soils less than 2, 2-10, and greater than 10 feet deep, respectively.
In lieu of these default site-specific lead standards, site-specific standards
for lead in soil less than 2 feet deep may be calculated using the most current
version of EPA's Integrated Exposure Uptake Biokinetic Model for Lead in
Children. Lead in soil 2-10 feet deep may be calculated using the most current
version of EPA's Exposure Model for Assessing Risk Associated with Adult
Exposures to Lead in Soil with a multiple factor of 2 applied to this result
for lead standards in soil greater than 10 feet deep. The use of a
nonresidential land-use classification must be supported by an environmental
protection easement that prevents a change in land use to residential.
Table
I
|
|
|
|
|
|
Input
Variables for Site-Specific Soil Standards for Nonresidential Area Land-Use
Designation
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter
|
Units
|
Cancer
Group
|
Soil Depth (ft.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
2
|
2
- 10
|
>
10
|
TR
|
unitless
|
A,
B
|
10-6
|
10-6
|
10-6
|
SF
|
[(mg/kg)/day]-1
|
A,
B
|
Chem.-spec.
|
Chem.-spec.
|
Chem.-spec.
|
THQ
|
unitless
|
C,
D, E
|
1
|
1
|
1
|
RfD
|
(mg/kg)/day
|
C,
D, E
|
Chem.-spec.
|
Chem.-spec.
|
Chem.-spec.
|
AT
|
years
|
A,
B
|
70
|
70
|
70
|
|
|
C,
D, E
|
6
|
30
|
30
|
Abs
|
unitless
|
A
- E
|
1
|
1
|
1
|
ERc
|
mg/day
|
A
- E
|
200
|
0
|
0
|
EFc
|
days/yr
|
A
- E
|
350
|
0
|
0
|
EDc
|
years
|
A
- E
|
6
|
0
|
0
|
BWc
|
kg
|
A
- E
|
15
|
15
|
15
|
ERa
|
mg/day
|
A
- E
|
100
|
50
|
500
|
EFa
|
days/yr
|
A
- E
|
350
|
250
|
200
|
EDa
|
years
|
A,
B
|
24
|
30
|
1
|
|
|
C,
D, E
|
0
|
30
|
30
|
BWa
|
kg
|
A
- E
|
70
|
70
|
70
|
CF
|
kg/mg
|
A
- E
|
10-6
|
10-6
|
10-6
|
c. Restricted access land use. The restricted access land-use designation will
be applicable to nonresidential areas where access is physically limited (e.g.,
fenced-in, covered with buildings or pavement, remote location). Site-specific
soil standards, except for lead, for restricted access locations are based on
Formula I using risk and exposure factors shown in Table II. Site-specific
soil standards for lead at restricted access locations are 800, 1,600 and 3,200
mg/kg for soils less than 2, 2-10, and greater than 10 feet deep, respectively.
In lieu of these default site-specific lead standards, site-specific standards
for lead in soil less than 2 feet deep may be calculated using the most current
version of EPA's Exposure Model for Assessing Risk Associated with Adult
Exposures to Lead in Soil with multiple factors of 2 and 4 applied to this
result for lead standards in soil 2-10 and greater than 10 feet deep,
respectively. The use of a restricted access land-use classification must be
supported by an environmental easement that prevents a change in land use to
residential and ensures that the access restrictions will be maintained.
Table
II
|
|
|
|
|
|
Input
Variables for Site-Specific Soil Standards for Restricted Access Land-Use
Designation
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parameter
|
Units
|
Cancer
Group
|
Soil Depth (ft.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
2
|
2
- 10
|
>
10
|
TR
|
unitless
|
A,
B
|
10-6
|
10-6
|
10-6
|
SF
|
[(mg/kg)/day]-1
|
A,
B
|
Chem.-spec.
|
Chem.-spec.
|
Chem.-spec.
|
THQ
|
unitless
|
C,
D, E
|
1
|
1
|
1
|
RfD
|
(mg/kg)/day
|
C,
D, E
|
Chem.-spec.
|
Chem.-spec.
|
Chem.-spec.
|
AT
|
years
|
A,
B
|
70
|
70
|
70
|
|
|
C,
D, E
|
30
|
30
|
30
|
Abs
|
unitless
|
A
- E
|
1
|
1
|
1
|
ERc
|
mg/day
|
A
- E
|
0
|
0
|
0
|
EFc
|
days/yr
|
A
- E
|
0
|
0
|
0
|
EDc
|
years
|
A
- E
|
0
|
0
|
0
|
BWc
|
kg
|
A
- E
|
15
|
15
|
15
|
ERa
|
mg/day
|
A
- E
|
50
|
500
|
500
|
EFa
|
days/yr
|
A
- E
|
250
|
200
|
20
|
EDa
|
years
|
A
- E
|
30
|
5
|
1
|
BWa
|
kg
|
A
- E
|
70
|
70
|
70
|
CF
|
kg/mg
|
A
- E
|
10-6
|
10-6
|
10-6
|
137.6(7) Site-specific surface water standards. The department will
establish site-specific surface water standards at the request of the
participant. The participant shall provide the department with information
necessary to make this determination upon request from the department.
Site-specific surface water standards will be generally equivalent to effluent
limitations under a National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES)
permit pursuant to 567-- Chapter 62. Mixing zones and allocation of
contaminant loads in a surface water body will be considerations in attainment
of in-stream water quality standards. If the site-specific surface water
quality standards are met, best practical control technology currently
available will not be imposed.
137.6(8) Site-specific air standards. If there are air quality
concerns at a site, they will normally be addressed with site-specific
standards until such time as ambient air quality or source-specific standards
are adopted for hazardous air pollutants.
a. Explosivity. In no case shall contaminants from the enrolled site cause an
explosivity level in a confined space of greater than 10 percent of the lower
explosivity limit.
b. Background. In addition to the establishment of a background standard
pursuant to rule 137.4(455H), a site-specific air standard may be set at twice
the typical background level based on published information for a comparable
setting, if approved by the department.
c. Health risk. Where applicable, the U.S. Department of Labor Occupational
Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 8-hour time-weighted-average limits for
air contaminants pursuant to 29 CFR 1910.1000 may be utilized for site-specific
standards with an appropriate site-specific adjustment to account for
uncertainties. As a default, the adjustment shall consist of dividing the OSHA
standard by a factor of 10. For locations where OSHA standards are not
applicable, site-specific standards for air in a confined space shall be
risk-based using the chemical-specific toxicity values of inhalation unit risk
(UR) and inhalation reference concentration (RfC) determined in accordance with
paragraph 137.5(3)"c" for Group A and B and Group C, D, and E chemicals,
respectively. Formulas II and III shall be used to calculate risk-based,
site-specific air standards for Group A and B and Group C, D, and E chemicals,
respectively, where C is the risk-based contaminant concentration in air.
(Formula II)
C = AF _ TR ÷ UR
(Formula III)
C = AF _ RfC
The UR and RfC toxicity values are based on a continuous exposure of 20 cubic
meters per day by a 70 kg adult. The adjustment factor (AF) in Formulas II and
III may be used to adjust for site-specific exposure conditions. A target
cancer risk (TR) of 10-4 shall be used in a residential setting. If
toxicity values are not available for a chemical, a value equal to 0.7 percent
of the OSHA standard may be used as the site-specific standard for air in a
confined space in a residential setting.
d. Institutional or technological controls. Institutional or technological
controls may be used to prevent future exposure to contaminants in air in
confined spaces and will be required to prevent residential use of the affected
area when a nonresidential air standard is used.
137.6(9) Site-specific standards based on site-specific factors.
Numerical site-specific standards (i.e., target levels) for
groundwater or soil may be established using site-specific exposure factors in
Formula I. Site-specific pumping rates greater than specified in paragraph
137.6(3)"d" herein may be used when approved by the department. Site-specific
exposure factors must be approved by the department. For the department to
approve any such site-specific factor there must be well-documented rationale
for doing so and appropriate institutional or technological controls must be
provided.
137.6(10) Site-specific standards or approaches not anticipated
by this rule. Nothing in this rule precludes the use of
site-specific standards derived in some way not anticipated by this rule,
provided that the rationale is adequately presented and the approach is both
approved by the department and provides a level of protection comparable to
standards set forth under this rule.
567--137.7(455H) Institutional and technological controls.
137.7(1) Technological controls. The purpose of a technological
control is to effectively sever a pathway by use of technologies such that an
applicable receptor could not be exposed to hazardous substances above an
applicable target risk level. Subject to limitations in this chapter,
technological controls are an acceptable response action either alone or in
combination with other remediation systems and institutional controls. The
purpose of technological controls may be to control plume migration through use
of containment technologies, barriers, or other methods, both as an interim or
permanent response action or to permanently sever a pathway to a receptor.
Technological controls may also be appropriate to treat or control
contamination at the point of exposure. Any technological control proposed as
a permanent response action option without meeting the reduction in contaminant
concentrations objectives must establish that the pathway to a receptor will be
permanently severed or controlled. The effectiveness of a technological
control must be monitored under a department-approved plan. The department may
require reasonable proof of financial assurance when necessary to ensure that a
technological control remain effective.
137.7(2) Institutional controls. The purpose of an institutional
control is to restrict access to or use of an affected area such that an
existing or future receptor could not be exposed to hazardous substances
addressed by the controls for as long as the target level is exceeded at
applicable points of exposure and compliance. Single or multiple institutional
controls may be used alone or in combination and may also be employed with
technological controls and response action to effectively achieve, maintain and
enforce an approved level of risk reduction and risk management. The following
enumeration of types of institutional and technological controls is not a
finding that each is per se an effective control. The effectiveness of any
institutional or technological control or combination of controls must be
evaluated on a case-by-case basis and in accordance with specified conditions
in this chapter. Institutional and technological controls include:
a. A state or federal law or regulation which can be shown to effectively
achieve, maintain and enforce the required land-use restrictions and
controls.
b. An ordinance of any political subdivision of the state which can be shown to
effectively achieve, maintain and enforce the required land-use restrictions
and controls.
c. A contractual obligation recorded and executed in a manner satisfying Iowa
Code chapter 558. Recorded notices and affidavits, including a no further
action letter as provided in rule 137.11(455H), which do not create rights or
obligations or restrict land use but serve to put current and future property
owners on notice of present or future conditions within the affected area.
d. A control which the participant demonstrates to the department reduces or
manages the risk from a release through the period necessary to comply with the
applicable standards, including but not limited to informational devices such
as public notices, informational registries, notices to regulatory authorities
and continuing site activities such as periodic inspections, equipment repair
and maintenance, and soil and groundwater monitoring.
e. An environmental protection easement established in accordance with Iowa
Code section 455H.206.
137.7(3) Environmental protection easements. An environmental
protection easement is a statutorily authorized restriction on land use and
shall be the preferred mechanism rather than other contractual, common law
methods such as deed restrictions and restrictive covenants for implementing
and enforcing future land-use restrictions. The department reserves the
discretion to determine under what conditions an easement or other deed
restriction instrument such as a restrictive covenant may be used. An
environmental protection easement must be utilized whenever the approved
land-use restriction in and around an affected area must be limited to
nonresidential uses. Environmental easements may be utilized to implement and
enforce other institutional and technological controls, including but not
limited to restrictions and regulation of certain construction activities,
building location and design limitations, access to and use of groundwater,
property access, restrictions on subdivision of property, maintenance and
monitoring of technological controls and other response action equipment and
activities, and other site inspection and reporting duties. The following
minimum requirements must be established to obtain approval of an environmental
protection easement:
a. The easement must be granted by the fee titleholder(s) and such other legal
and equitable interests in the affected real estate as necessary to establish
its validity and enforceability. The department may require persons with
property interests other than the fee titleholder(s) to join in the grant or
execute appropriate instruments evidencing consent to or subordination of their
interests to the terms of the easement, or provide legal notice to such parties
as necessary to ensure its validity, effectiveness and enforceability and all
legal and equitable interests in the affected area. The participant must
provide sufficient documentation, including but not limited to abstracts of
title, title opinions, legal descriptions of the affected property and plat
maps to enable the department to independently determine the easement will
serve its intended purpose and is valid and enforceable.
b. The easement must be filed in the office of the county recorder in the
county where the affected real estate is located and in any applicable central
registry established by the department or other state, local or federal
regulatory agency. After recording of the easement, each instrument
transferring an interest in the affected real estate, including lease
agreements, must include a specific reference to the recorded easement
instrument and with sufficient description to put the transferee on notice of
its terms. If a transfer instrument fails to include these references, the
transferor may lose any of the benefits provided by these rules and Iowa Code
Supplement chapter 455H.
c. The form and general terms of the easement must comply with the model forms
developed by the department unless otherwise approved by the department. The
terms of the easement instrument must include at a minimum the following:
(1) The easement must name the state of Iowa, acting through the department, as
a grantee.
(2) The easement must accurately describe the activities being restricted or
required.
(3) The easement must run with the land and bind the owner of the land and the
owner's successors and assigns.
(4) The easement shall include an acknowledgment by the director of acceptance
of the easement by the department.
d. Modification of environmental protection easements. An environmental
protection easement can only be amended or terminated with approval by the
director of the department and by filing an appropriate instrument, executed by
the director, and filed with the county recorder.
137.7(4) Public notification. The department shall prepare a public
notice prior to approval of any no further action classification which is
conditioned upon use of institutional or technological control(s). The public
notice will describe the results of the risk assessment conducted in the
affected area, any proposed or completed response action, the vertical and
horizontal extent and concentrations of existing soil and groundwater
contamination in the affected area, and the actual and potential pathways of
exposure the controls are intended to address. The notice will describe the
purpose of the institutional and technological control(s) being proposed and
the predicted period of coverage. The notice will provide for the opportunity
of members of the public to review department files, make written comments and
request a public hearing. The department may schedule a public hearing on the
basis of requests from the public and when it determines the particular
remedial options proposed for a site warrant public consideration, for example,
when issues of whether and to what concentrations gross contamination should be
allowed to remain within the affected area given the relative effectiveness of
institutional controls and other community concerns and development plans.
a. The notice will be served by certified mail on all property owners which the
actual or modeled data indicates are or may be affected by the present or
future conditions addressed by the control. The notice will be published in a
newspaper of general circulation most likely to reach persons in the immediate
locality.
b. If the controls are intended to restrict surface or subsurface future land
use, the notice shall be sent to each local regulatory body having jurisdiction
and control over or a direct interest in regulation of these activities. These
may include but are not limited to municipal or county zoning boards, municipal
building authorities, public utilities and economic development agencies. If
the controls are intended to restrict groundwater use, the notice shall be sent
to the county or city board of health responsible for private well
permitting.
c. Failure to provide notice to an interested party shall not constitute a
basis for invalidating a subsequently approved no further action
classification.
137.7(5) No further action certificates. Any no further action
certificate shall contain a specific reference to any applicable institutional
and technological control and shall meet the requirements in rule 137.11(455H).
The reference must identify the location of any recorded instrument,
contractual agreement or other documents applicable to the control, provide a
brief description of the terms of the control and, where appropriate, site
diagrams.
137.7(6) Enforcement of institutional and technological controls.
Institutional and technological controls which have been incorporated into a no
further action certificate pursuant to rule 137.10(455H), or have been approved
prior to issuance of a no further action certificate, may be enforced in Iowa
district court by the department, a political subdivision of this state, the
participant or any successor in interest to the participant as provided in Iowa
Code Supplement section 455H.206(4).
137.7(7) Failure of an institutional and technological control(s).
The effectiveness of institutional and technological controls may be
jeopardized for several reasons including situations where the technological
controls are no longer effective in achieving their technical objectives, the
validity of technological or institutional control is challenged due to a
pending or final administrative or judicial action or legislative action
changing its regulatory effect (e.g., change in an ordinance), or persons fail
to comply with the terms of the institutional or technological control. The
effect of the failure of a technological or institutional control to achieve
its intended purpose is to remove the no further action classification and put
all interested parties in the same position had the no further action
classification not been made. When the department has reason to believe
technological or institutional control(s) is jeopardized or determines that the
control is no longer effective, the following policy and procedure shall
apply:
a. The department shall make reasonable efforts to provide notice of the
failure or noncompliance to the participant(s), protected parties, persons
having legal standing to enforce the terms of the controls, other persons who
may be legally responsible for contamination at the site and persons legally
obligated to comply with the terms of the controls. The notice shall inform
these parties of the consequences of failure of the controls and provide the
opportunity for one or more of them to correct the deficiency by taking further
response action or undertaking enforcement action to obtain compliance with the
terms of the controls.
b. The participant(s) and other persons legally responsible for contamination
at the site shall have primary responsibility to correct deficiencies or seek
enforcement of the terms of controls, if they wish to maintain a no further
action classification and any attendant statutory protections. The department
may in its discretion seek enforcement of controls where persons fail to comply
with the terms when it determines there is a strong likelihood of success,
other participant(s) or legally responsible persons are unable or unwilling to
undertake enforcement, and utilization of the controls remains consistent with
these rules and site conditions currently in effect at the site. However, the
department is not obligated to seek enforcement of the terms of any
technological or institutional controls nor does the election not to undertake
enforcement constitute a defense to further action by responsible parties or a
basis for challenging the rescission of the no further action
classification.
c. The department may also elect to require statutorily responsible parties to
correct the deficiency as an alternative to rescinding the no further action
classification.
d. Failure of a participant to timely undertake additional response action and
response may result in termination of enrollment and loss of benefits under
these rules and Iowa Code Supplement chapter 455H. Any person found to have
intentionally violated an environmental protection easement or other
institutional or technological control, whether included in a no further action
letter or as part of an approved response action, may lose any of the benefits
under these rules or Iowa Code Supplement chapter 455H.
137.7(8) Modification and termination of institutional and
technological controls. A participant or successor in interest to a
participant, or an owner of property subject to an institutional or
technological control, may seek approval from the department for the removal,
discontinuance, modification or termination of an institutional or
technological control. The persons must demonstrate that the control in its
present form is no longer required to ensure compliance with applicable
standards. The person seeking revision must undertake sufficient risk
assessment and provide sufficient assessment data to establish that the
applicable compliance standards can be met based on the proposed modification.
The department may also determine based on a revised assessment that the
applicable controls are no longer effective to meet compliance standards and
may require other response action. The department shall issue an amendment to
any previously issued no further action letter specifying the approved
modification of the institutional or technological controls.
567--137.8(455H) Site assessment.
137.8(1) Purpose. The purpose of the site assessment is to define the
nature and extent of contamination, along with identifying likely exposure
pathways, with the aim of characterizing potential, current and future risks
and making an informed decision concerning an appropriate response in the
context of probable future land uses at the site and in the surrounding area.
Assessment is to be conducted with the recognition that contaminant fate and
transport may alter the current area extent and depth of contamination. It is
recognized that the scope of such an assessment may be appropriately varied
dependent upon interrelated factors including the nature and severity of the
contamination, the complexity of specific details of the site and its setting,
and the nature of the chosen response, if known.
137.8(2) Site assessment plan. The participant is encouraged, but not
required, to submit to the department, for review, a site assessment plan,
prior to proceeding with the site assessment. The plan is intended to lay out
the rationale to be followed in the conduct of the site assessment. The
purpose for this optional stage is to provide an opportunity for the
participant and the department to reach a consensus regarding the appropriate
scope of the site assessment. The development of a consensus should serve to
diminish the likelihood that the department will find the final site assessment
to be deficient and, for the benefit of the participant, to avoid the
expenditures and time associated with the collection of what may ultimately
prove to be unnecessary data.
In order to accomplish this, it is suggested that the plan should address
relevant, known characteristics related to the site and its history as well as
plans for addressing pertinent details spelled out in the subsequent sections
on the site assessment and the site assessment report. Departmental review may
result in suggestions from the department regarding perceived shortcomings or
proposed activities which are deemed to be unnecessary.
The participant may find it desirable to conduct some preliminary investigation
in order to develop a site assessment plan.
137.8(3) Site assessment details. In order to meet the stated purpose
of the site assessment, it will be necessary to characterize numerous
attributes related to the enrolled site and its setting. The following
objectives are intended to provide a framework in which to accomplish this
purpose. It is recognized that these objectives may exceed the appropriate
scope of some site assessments and that there may be situations in which it may
be necessary to define additional objectives. Any such deviation would
preferably be addressed in a site assessment plan. In general, an acceptable
site assessment should address the following items.
a. Identify and address the medium or media of concern associated with the
contamination situation for which the site is enrolled. The regulatory
classification or jurisdiction of contaminants shall be indicated if applicable
and, if known, e.g., the compound is regulated under the Resource Conservation
and Recovery Act (RCRA), Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA), or Federal
Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA).
b. Characterize the nature, extent, and degree of contamination in both
horizontal and vertical dimensions. This should involve appropriate sample
numbers and locations within the contaminated area and beyond the area
contaminated in excess of the background or statewide standard. Analyses
should be conducted for the contaminants of concern, breakdown products, and
other contaminants likely to be present at significant levels. The department
may also require analyses for additional contaminants which are not the focus
of enrollment in the program, but which may be of special concern. Special
concerns might include waste handling or treatment problems posed by the
additional contaminants, or unacceptable risks remaining unaddressed within the
affected area, due to the presence of the additional contaminants. In the case
of groundwater, attention should also be given to the possibility of
contaminant accumulation in strata overlying confining layers and to the
possible presence of non-aqueous phase liquids (NAPL). In the case of
groundwater, more than one round of sampling shall be incorporated,
appropriately separated in time. In the case of soils, particular attention
should be given to characterizing shallow soil contamination, from zero to six
inches in depth.
c. Characterize the nature of the source of contamination or propose a
conceptual model explaining the presence of the contamination of concern.
d. Characterize local contamination maxima or hot spots for the purposes of
evaluation against relevant standards and to identify handling or treatment
concerns that they may pose.
e. Characterize the stratigraphy. This should be done to a depth extending to
the first significant confining layer below the deepest contamination.
Descriptions should rely primarily on results gathered in the site assessment,
but relevant reference materials or geologic logs from other sources may be
incorporated as a supplement.
f. Characterize the hydrologic properties of the site and its vicinity to a
distance appropriate to the fate, transport and exposure concerns associated
with the site. This characterization should consider both horizontal and
vertical components of groundwater movement as well as other influ-ences on
groundwater hydrology such as pumping wells, injection wells, surface water
bodies, effects of seasonal orprecipitation-driven variability, and possible
aquifer interconnections, including those related to existing or abandoned
wells. Water level measurements, related to a common datum, screening of
appropriate depth intervals, and determination of hydraulic conductivity will
generally be considered as necessary.
g. Characterize physical and chemical properties of the site and its environs
associated with contaminant fate and transport, e.g., percent organic matter,
redox potential, soil bulk density, and transmissivity.
h. Characterize topographic and cultural features of the site and its immediate
vicinity. Cultural features may include, but not be limited to, buildings,
basements, paved areas, roadways, utilities, storage tanks and associated
piping, piles, impoundments, wells, and waste disposal systems.
i. Evaluate concerns related to whether the contamination situation is dynamic
or stable; if dynamic, address fate and transport and breakdown products
appropriately.
j. Identify and characterize receptor or exposure concerns. This most clearly
involves concerns for drinking water and exposures to contaminated soils, as
suggested by the statewide standards, but additional concerns should be
identified and addressed by the participant or the department, as the situation
warrants, e.g., vapors to basements, threats to water supply lines, threats to
surface waters, or environmental threats.
k. Characterize current and probable future uses of the site and its
surroundings. If probable future uses differ significantly from current uses,
then characterize them separately and conduct the assessment in a fashion which
addresses concerns arising from the possible change in use.
137.8(4) Site assessment report. The site assessment report shall
include the presentation of all information gathered relative to the foregoing
description of the site assessment, arranged in appropriate sections of the
report. It shall include a summary of preliminary information on which the
site assessment is based, e.g., background and site history. The report shall
discuss the sampling strategy and methods used in the assessment. The
department encourages the use of innovative or screening techniques to expedite
investigations and to control costs, provided that such techniques are approved
by the department and are supported through verification by accepted scientific
practices. The report shall also include a description of the quality
assurance/quality control (QA/QC) protocols followed during the investigation.
QA/QC protocols shall be consistent with accepted scientific practices,
including those set forth in appropriate EPA or ASTM guidance or otherwise
approved by the department.
The presentation should be organized so as to facilitate the assimilation of
information by the reader. Maps to be presented, as appropriate, might include
maps illustrating the location of the site in a larger geographical context;
maps showing cultural features associated with the site and its environs; maps
illustrating the contamination extent and concentration in three dimensions;
maps illustrating the site hydrology in three dimensions; and maps illustrating
receptors, potential receptors, and relevant pathways of exposure.
Cross-sectional diagrams should be included to illustrate stratigraphy,
geological boring information, and hydrologic and contaminant factors with
depth. Tables and graphs should be designed for the purpose of summarizing
data in a meaningful fashion, including information about successive rounds of
sampling. Appendices should include well logs, copies of laboratory analytical
reports, and raw data used to calculate parameters presented elsewhere in the
report. Appended material shall be labeled in a fashion permitting the
cross-referencing of appended materials and the body of the report.
137.8(5) Approval of site assessment report. The department suggests,
but does not require, that the site assessment report be approved prior to
proceeding with the subsequent risk evaluation/response action phase.
567--137.9(455H) Risk evaluation/response action.
137.9(1) Purpose. The purpose of risk evaluation/response action is to
utilize information from the site assessment as a basis for:
a. Determining whether current exposures result in risks deemed to be
excessive, based on evaluation against appropriate background, statewide, or
site-specific standards.
b. Determining whether future exposures may result in risks deemed to be
excessive, based on evaluation against appropriate background, statewide, or
site-specific standards. This will likely include:
(1) Evaluation of potential changes in usage, e.g., installation of a new well,
change in land use, or other activities, which result in unacceptable,
potential exposures not evaluated as current exposures, and
(2) Evaluation of exposure concerns related to the movement of contamination
such that potential exposures might arise which are not considered under
current exposure assumptions, e.g., groundwater plume migration creating a
potential for future contamination of existing wells or creating newly
contaminated areas in which new well installation may result in unacceptable
exposures.
c. Proposing an appropriate and acceptable response action or strategy to
address the identified, unacceptable exposures or potential exposures.
d. Establishing the test criteria (to be applied in the following section) for
determining final compliance with the selected standard. In some cases this
may consist of proving that standards are currently met; in other cases it may
result in an assessment of whether the response action succeeds in bringing
about compliance with a selected standard.
The risk evaluation/response action is intended only for application to the
specific contaminants and situations for which the site is enrolled.
137.9(2) Risk evaluation. The risk evaluation/response action document
shall identify all locations or areas, and associated exposure pathways, where
exposure currently exceeds a statewide standard or where a statewide standard
may be exceeded in the future, due to either a change inexposure-related usage
or contaminant migration. Current and future exposure pathways shall be
evaluated and presented separately. This evaluation shall not be limited to
exposure pathways for which the department has formulated risk-based values in
rule 137.5(455H) (the statewide standard) or 137.6(455H) (the site-specific
standard) but should include any pathway related to the situation for which the
site is enrolled, for which a no further action certificate is sought, or for
which an unacceptable risk may now or in the future exist, e.g., high
concentrations of volatile compounds in proximity to a confined space, high
concentrations of solvents in proximity to a water distribution line, or
environmental concerns unrelated to human health.
In a case where a background standard is to be applied and there is no
violation of a statewide standard, it will be necessary to identify only
locations or areas where the background standard is exceeded.
In some instances it is anticipated that the risk evaluation may be
appropriately abbreviated from the preceding description, based on the specific
details of the contamination and the proposed response action. Participants
are strongly urged to discuss the appropriate scope of their risk evaluation
with the department.
137.9(3) Establishing cleanup standards. The riskevaluation/response
action document shall identify the cleanup standards to be applied in
accordance with rule 137.4(455H), 137.5(455H), or 137.6(455H) of this chapter,
outlining respectively the background, statewide, or site-specific standards.
These standards may be applied in any combination to address specific
components of the contamination problem for which the site is enrolled. If
cleanup standards other than those specifically formulated under thestatewide
standard (rule 137.5(455H)) are to be applied, then the rationale behind the
determination of such standards shall be justified, in the document, to the
department's satisfaction.
137.9(4) The use of models. The department recognizes that the use of
numerical models will likely be necessary in order to evaluate potential future
exposures or that models may be used to develop target levels.
a. Standard models. Standard models may be used to predict future contaminant
concentrations at potential points of exposure to contaminants or at other
locations used for determining compliance when such models are appropriate, as
determined by the department. Applicable Tier 2 models approved for use in
accordance with 567--Chapter 135 for underground storage tanks (USTs) and
applicable Tier 2 models provided in American Society for Testing of Materials
(ASTM) standards are acceptable standard models. Models which provide a
two-dimensional representation of groundwater flow will not be considered to be
appropriate when significant three-dimensional components to groundwater flow
are anticipated. Default values for input parameters for ASTM and UST Tier 2
models, as provided in applicable ASTM standards and approved for use in
accordance with 567--Chapter 135, may be utilized without approval by the
department. The department will maintain a guidance document which includes a
list of other chemical-specific default values for all chemicals having
statewide standards. The use of other, site-specific input parameters is
addressed under site-specific modeling in paragraph "b" below.
b. Site-specific models. Site-specific models may be used to predict future
contaminant concentrations at potential points of exposure to contaminants or
at other locations used for determining compliance when such models are
appropriate, as determined by the department. Site-specific models may include
standard models with site-specific input parameters or models utilizing more
sophisticated analytical techniques. The department will utilize versions of A
Modular Three-Dimension Finite-Difference Ground-Water Flow Model (MODFLOW) as
developed by the United States Geological Survey in conjunction with A Modular
Three-Dimensional Transport Model (MT3D) by S.S. Papadopulos & Associates,
Inc. as a site-specific model for assessment of potential future exposures to
contaminants in groundwater. MODFLOW and MT3D will be considered to be
appropriate site-specific groundwater and contaminant transport models for any
situation. Other site-specific groundwater and contaminant transport models
may be utilized with the approval of the department. In general, a
site-specific groundwater model shall have proven reliability and be able to
simulate, as needed:
* A fixed contaminant source,
* Groundwater and contaminant flow in three dimensions,
* Groundwater and contaminant flow through as many distinct geologic layers
as necessary for the site in question,
* Effects of pumping,
* Effects of groundwater recharge and discharge,
* Impacts of hydrologic boundaries,
* Contaminant advection, dispersion and chemical reactions, as appropriate
for the site in question, and
* Other site-specific variables as appropriate.
Default values for input parameters approved for standard models will be
approved for use in site-specific models. Otherwise, input parameters used in
site-specific models are subject to the department's approval.
137.9(5) Response action. The risk evaluation/response action document
shall include a proposal for a response action or strategy to achieve and
maintain compliance with the selected standard(s). This may consist of
activities designed to remove or treat contaminants, prevention of exposure to
unacceptable levels of contamination through technological/institutional
controls or monitoring, or it may consist of a combination thereof. If the
response action involves the use of a standard which is less stringent than the
statewide standard, it will generally be necessary to implement institutional
controls to prevent the type of exposure on which the statewide standard is
based. It is the intent of the department to permit the participant to
identify and carry out those options by which this may be accomplished, insofar
as the department deems the selected options to be reasonable, protective of
human health and the environment, and consistent with provisions of the
rule.
137.9(6) Free product and gross contamination. The response action or
strategy for an enrolled site shall take into account a stated policy of the
Act to encourage environmental cleanup. To this end, the department requires
that contaminants present as free product and gross contamination shall not be
addressed through the implementation of institutional or technological
controls. For purposes of this rule, gross contamination will be considered to
be contamination present at concentrations in excess of a standard by an amount
sufficient to reasonably expect that institutional or technological controls
will not be adequately protective of human health or the environment.
The department recognizes that treatment or removal of free product or gross
contamination may not, in some cases, be feasible. In such cases the
department may grant a variance to this portion of the rule. It will be the
responsibility of the participant to make a sufficient case that such a
variance is warranted.
137.9(7) Compliance verification strategy. The riskevaluation/response
action document shall outline a strategy for determining whether the relevant
standards are met by the site and will continue to be met in the future. In
some cases this may consist of sampling and statistical tests to verify that
the standard has already been met, while in other cases the sampling and
statistics may be used to demonstrate that a response action has achieved its
stated goals and the site is now in compliance with standards. Some response
strategies may also call for longer term monitoring. In this latter case,
standard-based values shall be identified which, if exceeded, would indicate a
failure of the response action and necessitate the development and
implementation of a new response action. The terms under which monitoring may
cease should also be proposed. The proposed strategy shall be consistent with
rule 137.10(455H), dealing with demonstration of compliance, and shall indicate
the standard to be applied and the point of compliance at which it is to be
applied, consistent with rules 137.4(455H), 137.5(455H), and 137.6(455H) (the
background, statewide, and site-specific standards, respectively).
137.9(8) Risk evaluation/response action document submission. A risk
evaluation/response action document shall be submitted for review by the
department. When considered in conjunction with the site assessment report,
these documents shall present a complete picture of the site from its
characterization, through the evaluation of risk, to the development of a
strategy to address the situation. An effort shall be made to ensure that the
reviewer, or other interested parties, can easily move back and forth through
the documents to gain an understanding of the existing situation and proposed
actions. The risk evaluation/response action document shall include a summary
of findings regarding present risks and potential future risks; a
pathway-specific identification of the standards to be applied, including the
supporting rationale, if appropriate; a discussion of the proposed response
actions, including remedial actions to be taken and institutional or
technological controls to be implemented; and a discussion of the proposed
verification strategy. Any modeling used for purposes of assessing future risk
or establishing site-specific standards shall be presented in sufficient detail
to permit evaluation of the results by the department. Any permits which will
be necessary to implement the response action shall be identified to the
department for inclusion in a consolidated standards permit.
137.9(9) Department review and approval. It is strongly recommended
that the document be submitted for review and approval prior to proceeding with
implementation of the response action. The final, department-approved document
will be the basis for assessing subsequent activities at the site. Parties
choosing to proceed with response actions without prior review and approval by
the department proceed at their own risk and may not assume the response action
implemented will result in a no further action certificate.
Parties choosing to implement a response action without prior review and
approval by the department shall submit to the department a proposed risk
evaluation/response action document accompanied by an explanation of the
reason(s) for proceeding without prior approval. Documentation shall also
include a schedule for implementation, a description of construction or other
activities to be undertaken, and date for submission of the final report
demonstrating compliance, as described in 137.10(455H).
567--137.10(455H) Demonstration of compliance.
137.10(1) Purpose. The purpose of the demonstration of compliance
section is to provide a mechanism by which to verify that:
a. Appropriate and acceptable standards are complied with and that compliance
can be reasonably expected to continue in the future;
b. Any and all remedial measures proposed under rule 137.9(455H) have achieved
their purpose; and
c. Appropriate institutional and technological controls, or monitoring
mechanisms, have been successfully put in place.
In some cases the demonstration of compliance may mark the final step, taken by
the participant, prior to the issuance of a no further action certificate. In
other cases it may mark the transition to the longer term closure activities
associated with the site, such as monitoring, maintenance of technological
controls, and continuing enforcement of institutional controls. In this latter
case, demonstration of compliance activities may or may not result in the
issuance of a no further action certificate, depending on the approach proposed
in the response action. In some cases it may be necessary to successfully
complete a monitoring program (or to fulfill other agreed-upon obligations)
prior to the issuance of the no further action certificate.
In all cases, sampling of environmental media shall comply with QA/QC
requirements addressed elsewhere in this rule.
137.10(2) General requirements for demonstrating compliance with soil
standards.
a. For the standard being applied, the demonstration of compliance shall be at
the point of compliance or point of exposure as set forth in rule 137.4(455H),
137.5(455H), or 137.6(455H) relating to background standards, statewide
standards, and site-specific standards, and described in a site-specific
context pursuant to subrule 137.9(7), relating to risk evaluation/response
action.
b. Minimum sample numbers for the demonstration of compliance with the
background standard for soils (paragraph 137.10(4)"b") or with the statewide
standard when applying subparagraph 137.10(5)"a"(1) shall be based on the
volume of soil to which the selected standard is being applied as follows:
(1) For volumes less than or equal to 125 cubic yards, a minimum of 8
samples.
(2) For volumes greater than 125 cubic yards, but less than or equal to 3,000
cubic yards, a minimum of 12 samples.
(3) For each additional volume of less than or equal to 3,000 cubic yards, a
minimum of 12 additional samples.
(4) Additional samples may be required based on site-specific conditions.
c. When applying the 95 percent upper confidence limit, according to EPA
guidance, to demonstrate compliance with the statewide standard for soils
(subparagraph 137.10(5)"a"(2)) or a site-specific standard for soils (subrule
137.10(6)), the minimum sample number shall be as specified in that
guidance.
d. Sample locations for demonstration of compliance shall be selected in a
systematic random fashion to be representative, both horizontally and
vertically, of the volume of soil being evaluated for compliance.
e. Sampling for the purposes of demonstrating compliance shall be conducted
after the completion of site assessment activities and after the implementation
of applicable remedial measures.
137.10(3) General requirements for demonstrating compliance with
groundwater standards.
a. For the standard being applied, the demonstration of compliance shall be at
the point of compliance or point of exposure as set forth in rule 137.4(455H),
137.5(455H), or 137.6(455H), relating to background standards, statewide
standards, and site-specific standards, and described in a site-specific
context pursuant to subrule 137.9(7), relating to risk evaluation/response
action.
b. Monitoring wells installed for the purpose of demonstrating compliance shall
be of sufficient number and appropriate location to evaluate all hydrologic
strata of concern, based on site-specific considerations, as identifiedpursuant
to subrule 137.9(7), relating to risk evaluation/response action.
c. For statistical methods under subparagraph 137.10(5)"b"(1), compliance with
the statewide groundwater standard shall be based on eight consecutive quarters
of groundwater data.
As an alternative, the department may accept four consecutive quarterly
sampling events or less with written approval from the department under the
following conditions:
(1) There is adequate spatial monitoring of the plume upgradient which
indicates a decreasing concentration trend toward the downgradient property
boundary.
(2) Parameters affecting the fate and transport of regulated substances within
the plume have been fully evaluated.
(3) Concentrations of regulated substances in the plume at the point of
compliance monitoring wells along the downgradient property boundary are all
less than or equal to the groundwater standard or the limit relating to the
PQL, whichever is higher, in all samples collected during the quarters of
monitoring.
(4) One of the following is met:
1. The age of the plume is sufficiently well known to permit a judgment to be
made regarding its stability.
2. The remediation includes source removal or containment actions which would
reduce chemical flux into the plume.
d. When applying the 95 percent upper confidence limit, according to EPA
guidance, to demonstrate compliance with the statewide standard for groundwater
(subparagraph 137.10(5)"b"(2)) or a site-specific standard for groundwater
(subrule 137.10(6)), the minimum sample number shall be as specified in that
guidance.
e. Sampling for the purposes of demonstrating compliance shall be conducted
after the completion of site assessment activities and after the implementation
of applicable remedial measures.
137.10(4) Demonstration of compliance with a background standard.
a. To apply a background standard the participant shall demonstrate to the
department, in writing, that the apparent background contamination at the site
is due to widespread or naturally occurring contamination and shall obtain the
department's approval to use this subrule. Data collected for the purpose of
determining the applicable background standard is subject to department
approval, interpretation, and manipulation, if necessary for the purpose of
establishing a meaningful background standard.
b. For soil, the minimum sample number to determine the background standard
shall be 10 (unless a lesser number is approved by the department) and the
number of samples from the affected area shall be based on volume as described
in 137.10(2)"b." No sample collected from the affected area may exceed the sum
of the background arithmetic mean and three times the sample standard
deviation, as calculated based on the background sampling.
c. For groundwater, a minimum of 12 locations shall be sampled in the
background reference area (unless a lesser number is approved by the
department) and an equal number shall be collected from the affected area. In
areas involving more than one hydrologic strata, more samples may be required.
Sampling shall be conducted concurrently in the background reference area and
the affected area. No sample collected from the affected area may exceed the
sum of the background arithmetic mean and three times the sample standard
deviation, as calculated based on the background sampling.
137.10(5) Demonstration of compliance with the statewide standard. The
following requirements shall be met in order to demonstrate compliance with the
statewide standard. Testing shall be performed individually for each
contaminant being addressed and for which a no further action certificate is
sought.
a. To demonstrate compliance with the statewide standard for soils in each
affected area, in addition to (1) or (2) below, all other applicable
requirements of this rule shall be met.
(1) Seventy-five percent of all soil samples, collected during a single event,
shall be less than or equal to the statewide standard, with no individual
sample exceeding 10 times the statewide standard.
(2) In accordance with EPA-approved methods, the 95 percent upper confidence
limit of the arithmetic mean of soil sample values from the affected area shall
be at or below the statewide standard.
b. To demonstrate compliance with the statewide standard for groundwater in
each compliance monitoring well, in addition to (1) or (2) below, all other
applicable requirements of this rule shall be met.
(1) Seventy-five percent of all samples collected in each compliance monitoring
well over time shall be less than or equal to the statewide standard, with no
individual sample exceeding 10 times the statewide standard.
(2) In accordance with EPA-approved methods, the 95 percent upper confidence
limit of the arithmetic mean of samples collected from a compliance well over
time shall be at or below the statewide standard.
137.10(6) Demonstration of compliance with a site-specific standard.
To demonstrate compliance with a site-specific standard, the participant shall
use the tests identified in 137.10(5)"a"(1) and 137.10(5)"b"(2), except that
the 95 percent upper confidence limit of the arithmetic mean for samples from
the medium of concern shall be at or below the site-specific standard.
137.10(7) Final report. A final report shall be submitted which
documents the accomplishment of all provisions set forth in the risk
evaluation/response action document. This shall include, as applicable to the
specific situation, discussions related to verification of compliance with
selected standards; successful completion of approved remedial actions;
implementation of necessary institutional or technological controls; and
initiation of any required monitoring strategy. Sufficient details shall be
included to permit the department to verify that the terms proposed in the
response action have been met with regard to the statistical determination of
compliance with standards.
137.10(8) Department review and approval. The final report is
subject to review and approval by the department. Following review, the
department will either approve the report or make a written response indicating
the reason(s) why the report is unacceptable. Acceptance of the report may
result in the issuance of a no further action certificate or it may mark a
transition to the long-term closure activities associated with the site, as
proposed in the response action. A decision that the report is unacceptable
may be based upon an insufficiency of the report or it may be based on a
judgment that the terms of the response action have not been met.
In cases where a participant has elected to proceed through this program
without department interaction and without submitting site assessment (pursuant
to 137.8(455H)) or risk evaluation/response action documents (pursuant to
137.9(455H)), the final report shall contain the substantive information
related to those rules in addition to information required under this rule.
The intent is to create a document for departmental review and approval which
clearly sets forth, in substance, the same process which would have been
developed had the participant engaged in a stepwise approach including
interaction with the department during the process.
567--137.11(455H) No further action classification.
137.11(1) An enrolled site shall be eligible to obtain a no further
action classification, when the department determines the participant has met
all compliance standards of this chapter applicable to the affected area and
the hazardous substances actually identified and evaluated such that no further
response action is required other than maintenance of institutional or
technological controls or certain specified continuing site activities. Upon
request of a participant or a protected party and compliance with applicable
standards, the department will issue a no further action letter to each
protected party requesting it.
A no further action classification may be conditioned upon the continued
maintenance and effectiveness of any applicable institutional or technological
control in accordance with rule 137.7(455H).
137.11(2) No further action certificate. A no further action letter
shall be in a form recordable in the county real estate records as provided in
Iowa Code chapter 558 and consistent with the model forms developed by the
department. The no further action letter may be recorded as provided by
law.
137.11(3) No further action certificates conditioned on institutional
and technological controls. A no further action certificate conditioned upon
the continuing effectiveness and maintenance of institutional and technological
controls or other continuing requirements must be recorded with the consent of
the fee title holder for each parcel of affected property subject to the
controls and for parcels of property for which prevention of exposure is
dependent upon the continuing effectiveness and maintenance of the controls.
If a participant is not able to record the no further action letter on a parcel
within the affected area due to objections of the fee title holder or other
legal restraints, this alone shall not be a basis for denying or rescinding the
no further action classification or the certificate or the legal protections
attendant to the no further action classification. Any modification or
termination of institutional and technological controls shall be noted in an
amended no further action certificate and shall be recorded as to any property
subject to an earlier recorded certificate or institutional control. If a no
further action certificate is required to be recorded, the no further action
classification is not effective until the document is recorded with the county
recorder.
137.11(4) Scope of liability protection. Upon issuance of the no
further action letter by the department, the liability protection provisions
contained in Iowa Code Supplement chapter 455H, subchapter 3, apply. The scope
of the no further action classification and the scope of liability protection
extends only to that area of affected property as defined by actual and modeled
contaminant data and the specific environmental condition for which a
regulatory standard has been met and approved by a no further action
classification. The scope of protection corresponds to the scope of the site
assessment conducted by the participant, the exposure pathways actually
evaluated by the assessment report and reviewed by the department, and the
hazardous substances identified in that assessment for which compliance with
adepartment-approved standard has been achieved. Liability protection does not
apply to releases, sources of contamination, hazardous substances or other
environmental conditions not expressly addressed in the participant's site
assessment, response action or specifically referenced in the no further action
certificate.
The no further action classification and certificate shall be void if the
department demonstrates by clear, satisfactory, and convincing evidence that
any approval under this chapter was obtained by fraud or material
misrepresentation, knowing failure to disclose material information, or false
certification to the department.
137.11(5) Reopener and reclassification conditions.
a. The department shall have grounds to reopen and rescind a no further action
classification and consider reclassification of the affected area if specified
conditions of the no further action classification and certificate are not
maintained, or if institutional or technological controls fail to meet their
intended purpose or are determined to be ineffective and unenforceable. If the
conditions upon which the no further action classification was issued cannot be
corrected or reinstated, the department may rescind the classification. The
effect of termination is to put all parties in the same position as if the no
further action letter had not been issued.
b. If a no further action certificate is issued without conditions or
technological and institutional controls and conditions should arise which
might require further corrective action, the department may require further
response action by a participant or protected party only as provided in Iowa
Code Supplement section 455H.301. The department may require further response
action against a statutorily responsible party who is not a participant or a
protected party. If the participant was a person having control over a
hazardous substance, as defined in Iowa Code section 455B.381, at the time of
the release, a no further action certificate may provide or the department may
require further response action to protect against an imminent and substantial
threat to public health, safety, and welfare. A protected party who was a
person having control over a hazardous substance, as defined above, may be
required by the department to conduct a further response action, where
appropriate, to protect against an imminent and substantial threat to public
health, safety, and welfare.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code Supplement chapter 455H.
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION EASEMENT
Name of grantor(s) ("Grantor") grants to the
State of Iowa acting through the Iowa Department of Natural Resources
("department"), a state agency, an environmental easement under the terms and
conditions as described below:
I. RECITALS
1. Soil or groundwater contamination is present on property described as
legal description reference an exhibit:
and locally known as (street address)
(hereafter "property"). The property is enrolled in the Iowa Department of
Natural Resources land recycling program established under Iowa Code Chapter
455H. Under this program, an investigation of the soil or groundwater has been
conducted and the site has been evaluated to determine a reasonable corrective
action response designed to reduce the risks to health, safety and the
environment. The department has approved a corrective action response which
includes the use restrictions contained in this agreement.
2. The purpose of this easement is to restrict and control specified land use
activities at this property as one method of reducing the risks of present and
future exposure to contaminants identified at the property.
3. Grantor(s) are the owner(s) of the property and it is the intent of the
parties to establish a valid and enforceable environmental easement as provided
in Iowa Code section 455H.206. This environmental easement is intended to be
perpetual until terminated as provided in this agreement, Iowa Code section
455H.206 and department administrative rules. The easement is intended to run
with the land such that it is binding on the grantor(s) as current owner(s) of
the described real estate and all successors, assigns and other persons
claiming an interest in the property.
4. The parties acknowledge the terms of the easement may be modified or
terminated as provided by law should it prove to be ineffective in serving its
intended purpose or no longer necessary to protect against the risks posed to
health, safety and environment. Failure of these use restrictions to serve
their purpose could result in the reopening of further corrective action on the
property.
THEREFORE, The Grantors grant and convey to the department this environmental
easement according to the following terms:
II. GRANT OF EASEMENT
The grantor(s) warrant they hold the fee title interest in property with the
power to convey this easement free of any conflicting claims of third parties.
Grantor conveys to Grantee a perpetual environmental easement running with the
land the terms of which are described below. [Alternatively, if the grantor(s)
are a contract buyer for deed, the contract seller and buyer must join in the
easement.]
III. RESTRICTIONS
specify land use restrictions
IV. ACCESS TO PROPERTY
Reasonable access to the property is granted to the department or any
authorized representative of the department, public or private, including
private parties or their contractors which may be required by law or authorized
by the department, to conduct aboveground or subsurface inspections and
investigation of the property. These activities may include but are not
limited to repair and maintenance of remedial equipment and technologies, soil
caps, groundwater monitoring wells and associated aboveground or subsurface
structures, and fencing and other barriers. It may include access to conduct
groundwater sampling, monitoring to confirm compliance with the terms of this
easement, additional drilling and construction of soil borings or groundwater
monitoring wells as directed by the department, and other activities authorized
by the department. The current owner of the property shall be afforded
reasonable prior notice and information as to the reason and scope of the
entry.
V. TERMS OF SUBSEQUENT CONVEYANCES
Grantor shall reference and incorporate the terms of this agreement into any
purchase agreement for sale of the property, assignment of an interest in the
property or other instruments conveying an interest in the property and
include specific contract terms requiring the buyer or assignee to incorporate
the terms of this easement into successive conveyance instruments. See Iowa
Code section 455H.206(4).
VI. MODIFICATION OR TERMINATION
The terms of this environmental easement shall only be modified or terminated
by execution of an instrument signed by the director of the department and as
provided by Iowa Code section 455H.206 and department administrative rules.
VII. ENFORCEMENT
The terms of this environmental easement may be enforced by the grantor or any
successor or assign of the grantor and by the department, any political
subdivision of the state or other party as specified and in accordance with
Iowa Code section 455H.206.
VIII. SEVERABILITY
Invalidation of any portion of the terms of this easement by judgment of any
court shall in no way affect the validity and enforceability of any of the
other terms.
IX. CONSTRUCTION
This easement shall be effective upon filing with the county recorder where
the property is located. Words and phrases in this easement, including
acknowledgments, shall be construed as in the singular or plural number,
according to the context.
X. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
(Acknowledgments in accordance with Iowa Code chapter 558)
(Name of Grantor)
Grantor
Signed this ____ day of _________________, 199_.
|
The
Iowa Department of Natural Resources accepts the grant of this easement by
signature of the Director.
________________________________________
Larry J. Wilson
Director, Iowa Department of Natural Resources
Signed this ____ day of ________________, 199_.
CONSENT OF SPOUSE
The undersigned, as spouse of an above-named grantor, hereby consents to this
grant of easement for the purpose of subordinating any dower, homestead and
distributive share in the real estate.
________________________________________
Signed this ____ day of ________________, 199_.
State of _______________ )
County of _____________ ) ss.
On this _____ day of ________________, 199_, before me personally appeared
_______________________ and _______________________, known to me to be the
person(s) named in and who executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledge
that ___________________ and ___________________ executed the same as
his/her/their voluntary act and deed.
__________________________________________,
Notary Public, in and for said county and state of:
State of _______________ )
County of _____________ ) ss.
On this ____ day of ______________, 199_, before me personally appeared
_________________ and ____________________, who being duly sworn, did say that
they are the corporation, that (the seal affixed to said instrument is the seal
of said corporation or no seal has been procured by said corporation) and that
the instrument was signed and sealed on behalf of said corporation by authority
of its board of directors and that the said officers acknowledge the execution
of said instrument to be the voluntary act and deed of said corporation by them
voluntarily executed.
___________________________________________________
Notary Public, in and for said county and state of:
IOWA DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES
LAND RECYCLING PROGRAM
NO
FURTHER ACTION CERTIFICATE
|
This document certifies that response actions to address environmental
contamination have been undertaken on portions of the referenced property or
properties ("the site"). It has been demonstrated that the environmental
conditions at the site have met the standards of the Iowa Land Recycling and
Response Action Standards program in accordance with Iowa Department of Natural
Resources (IDNR) rules in Chapter 137 Iowa Administrative Code (IAC) and Iowa
Code Chapter 455H. Therefore, no further environmental response action is
required at this site except as described below and subject to such changes in
circumstances which could authorize reopening regulation of the site in
accordance with Iowa Code Chapter 455H and department rules:
ISSUED TO: [NAMES OF ALL PARTICIPANTS]
DATE OF ISSUANCE: [***]
IDNR FILE REFERENCES: [***]
AFFECTED PROPERTIES
The following property is affected by this no further action certificate
1. Property locally known as [any trade name and address] and legally described
as in the attached Exhibit [***].
2. [list each parcel as above]
[OPTIONAL INSERTIONS AS APPROPRIATE]
INSTITUTIONAL CONTROLS AND OTHER CONTINUING
REQUIREMENTS
This site classification is based on the assumption that certain uses of all or
portions of the site or adjoining property are restricted to avoid the risk of
exposure to contaminants of concern. These restrictions may be in the form of
enforceable institutional controls such as environmental easements, city
ordinances, zoning restrictions, continued monitoring of site conditions or
notice to interested parties regarding limitations on the location and
installation of receptors such as underground utilities, groundwater wells, and
subsurface structures. Department records are open to the public and can
provide a more accurate description of the environmental conditions at the site
and the area subject to the controls. The following controls are in effect on
the property locally known as [address] and legally described in Exhibit
[*]:
[describe institutional controls]
[OPTIONAL INSERTIONS AS APPROPRIATE]
TECHNOLOGICAL CONTROLS
This site classification is based on the maintenance of certain physical
actions ( "technological controls") designed to contain the movement of or
prevent exposure to contaminants of concern. Department records are available
to the public and more fully describe the contaminant conditions at the site
and the technological controls in effect. The following technological controls
are in effect at or near the property locally known as [address of each parcel
affected] and legally described in Exhibit [*].
[describe technological controls]
[optional disclosure] The department and the participants in the Land
Recycling Program have agreed to issue this certificate as the result of
actions taken to address certain risks of exposure to contamination. The
department has identified concerns regarding environmental conditions which
have not been fully addressed by the participants in this voluntary program or
the department. The following is a brief description of these concerns:
[describe any concerns not addressed]
Issuance of this no further action certificate provides certain legal
protections and immunities to "protected parties" as defined in Iowa Code
section 455H.103(11) and in accordance with Iowa Code Chapter 455H. Chapter
455H and IDNR rules also provide that under some conditions further response
action may be required.
Voluntary participation in the Land Recycling Program may in some cases not
require all potential risks of exposure be addressed by the participants.
Portions of the site may not have been assessed. Residual levels of soil or
groundwater contamination may remain at the site. IDNR records are available
to the public and more fully describe the environmental conditions at the
site.
This certificate does not constitute a warranty or a representation of any kind
to any person as to the environmental condition, marketability or value of the
above referenced property other than that certification as provided in Iowa
Code section 455H.301.
ARC 8238A
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION COMMISSION[567]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or
association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as
provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."
Notice is also given
to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own
motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed
action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public
or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of 1996 Iowa Acts, House File 2433, section 9, the
Environmental Protection Commission hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to
adopt Chapter 219, "Beneficial Uses of Waste Tires," Iowa Administrative
Code.
This new chapter establishes guidelines for the use of whole or processed waste
tires for erosion control, drainage structures, civil engineering applications,
and other uses where the intended purpose is to produce a beneficial product or
an end use. Beneficial uses of waste tires approved through this chapter shall
not pose a threat to the environment, or to public health, welfare, and
safety.
Any interested party may make written suggestions or comments on the proposed
rules on or before September 2, 1998. Such written comments should be directed
to Mel Pins, Waste Management Assistance Division, Iowa Department of Natural
Resources, Wallace State Office Building, 900 East Grand Avenue, Des Moines,
Iowa 50319-0034; fax (515)281-8895. Persons who wish to convey their views by
telephone should also contact Mel Pins, Waste Management Assistance Division at
(515)281-8646 or at the Division offices on the fifth floor of the Wallace
State Office Building.
A public hearing will be held on Wednesday, September 2, 1998, at 1 p.m. in the
Fifth Floor East Conference Room, Wallace State Office Building, Des Moines,
Iowa, at which time comments may be submitted either orally or in writing. At
the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the
record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the rule.
Any persons who plan to attend a public hearing and have special requirements
such as hearing or mobility impairments should contact the Department of
Natural Resources and advise of specific needs.
These rules are intended to implement 1996 Iowa Acts, House File 2433.
The following new chapter is proposed:
CHAPTER 219
BENEFICIAL USES OF WASTE TIRES
567--219.1(455D) Purpose. The purpose of this chapter is to establish
guidelines for the use of whole or processed waste tires for erosion control,
drainage structures, civil engineering applications, and other uses where the
intended purpose is to produce a beneficial product or an end use.
567--219.2(455D) Definitions. As used in this chapter:
"Bagel cut" means to cut a tire in half along its circumference.
"Baled tire" means a method of compacting a waste tire whereby whole or cut
tires are compressed into a bundle and then banded together. A tire bale shall
be considered a solid waste.
"Beneficial use" means the use or application of a whole or processed waste
tire in a manner that provides a benefit to an end user, other than from
processing or recycling, and which does not pose a threat to the environment,
or to public health and safety. Use of waste tires primarily as means for land
disposal shall not be considered a beneficial use.
"Civil engineering applications" means a form of reusing waste tires, either
whole or processed, in place of naturally occurring materials in construction,
as long as the waste tires provide a defined engineering benefit.
"Crumb rubber" means a material derived by reducing waste tires or other rubber
into uniform granules with the inherent reinforcing materials such as steel and
fiber removed along with other contaminants.
"Cut waste tire" means a waste tire where the tire face, tread, or sidewall has
been cut or removed, and these removed portions are to be beneficially reused.
A cut tire shall consist of pieces greater than 18 inches on any one side.
"Department" means the Iowa department of natural resources.
"End user" means an entity that receives whole or proc-essed tire material and
uses it as a finished product, as raw material for a manufacturing process or
other beneficial use.
"Energy recovery" means the extraction of the fuel or heat value from whole or
processed tires through their combustion.
"Passenger tire equivalent" means the equivalent weight of one passenger car
tire which will be 20 pounds for the purpose of estimating waste tire amounts
from a total weight figure.
"Shredded tire" means a tire cut into pieces not greater than 18 inches in any
one dimension.
"Site of end use" means a site where whole or processed waste tires are
recycled or reused in a beneficial manner authorized by the department.
"Tire processor" means a person who reduces waste tires into a processed form
suitable for recycling, producing fuel for energy or heat, or any other
beneficial use as authorized by the department. "Tire processor" does not mean
a person who retreads tires or processes and stores tires.
"Waste tire" means a tire that is no longer suitable for its originally
intended purpose due to wear, damage, or defect. "Waste tire" does not include
a nonpneumatic tire.
"Whole tire" means a waste tire that has not been proc-essed or shredded in any
manner, and which still retains the general shape and volume of a tire.
567--219.3(455D) Role of the department of natural resources. The
department is responsible for the administration of the requirements of this
chapter and will ensure that all approved uses of whole or processed waste
tires do not pose a threat to the environment, or to public health, welfare,
and safety. The department shall have the authority to determine if a proposed
use of waste tires is beneficial and shall have the authority to approve or
deny beneficial use applications if such a benefit is not evident.
567--219.4(455D) Waste tire products exempted. The following end uses
of materials derived, processed, or recycled from waste tires shall be
considered beneficial reuse under this chapter and shall not require an
individual beneficial use designation from the department for their use at a
specific site of end use.
1. Asphalt rubber, including asphalt cement modified with a crumb rubber
modifier;
2. Buffing rubber, defined as high-quality tire rubber, which is a by-product
from the conditioning of tire casings in preparation for retreading;
3. Carbon black derived from the thermal or oxidative decomposition of
tires;
4. Crumb rubber material, including rubber granules used for soil amendments or
surfacing materials;
5. Crumb rubber modifiers used in asphalt paving materials;
6. Tire-derived fuel (TDF), which is a fuel derived from waste tires, including
whole tires, processed into pieces which satisfy the specifications of the end
user for use as either a primary or supplemental fuel. Use of TDF will require
modification of air source construction and operation permits if such use is
not already recognized in the end user's permit.
567--219.5(455D) Beneficial uses for whole waste tires. This rule
establishes acceptable beneficial uses for whole waste tires and required
notifications and approvals that must be obtained from the department prior to
placement of waste tires at the site of end use.
219.5(1) Beneficial uses. The following applications shall be
considered acceptable beneficial uses for whole waste tires:
a. Tire swings, sandboxes, or other equipment for child play areas at schools,
care centers, and recreational areas;
b. Dock bumpers at vehicle loading/unloading docks or marine docks;
c. Crash barriers at racetracks;
d. Agricultural uses to hold down covers over hay, silage, and other
agricultural commodities. When not in use, the tires should be neatly
stacked;
e. Structures for military and police training at facilities under ownership or
management of local, state, or federal agencies;
f. Artificial fishing reefs and fish habitat structures constructed at
facilities under ownership or management of a county conservation board, the
department, or a federal agency;
g. Stream bank erosion control and culvert outlet tire mats, constructed as
follows:
(1) Tires shall be placed in a single layer, with tires banded together with a
noncorrosive strip;
(2) The tires shall all be drilled or punctured to allow for outflow of air to
prevent floatation during submerged conditions;
(3) The banded mat shall be anchored with cable of at least 0.5 inches in
diameter;
(4) The cables shall then be fastened to buried anchors made of treated timbers
or concrete, at least every 50 feet along the top of the mat and intermittently
in the middle;
(5) The mat should extend four to six feet out on the channel bottom;
(6) The outermost row on the channel bottom shall be filled with rocks or
broken concrete;
(7) Vegetation shall be planted in and around the tire mat; rows within the
tire mat that are too wet for vegetation establishment shall be filled with
rocks or broken concrete; and
(8) Any variation from these design standards shall be acceptable only under
the direction of an Iowa licensed professional engineer.
h. Construction of residential dwelling structures or other buildings for which
a building permit has been obtained from local government officials;
i. Culvert piping made from waste tires with a rim diameter of 21 inches or
greater and subject to the following design criteria:
(1) The maximum depth of water flows within the culvert shall be no greater
than 75 percent of the piping diameter;
(2) Sand or similar aggregate material must be installed in the lower portions
of the culvert piping to provide ballast and to limit mosquito infestations;
(3) The culvert must not be installed below the seasonal groundwater high
elevation;
(4) The maximum depth of earthen or aggregate coverings over the culvert shall
not exceed the outside diameter of the whole tires used in the culvert;
(5) Soils used for backfill around and above the culvert shall be compacted so
as to provide a culvert deflection of less than 5 percent of the outside
diameter; and
(6) Vertical sections of tire culvert piping shall be designed with safety
measures to prevent unauthorized access or hazards to children and animals.
219.5(2) Required notifications and approval. Prior to the
installation or placement of beneficial uses of whole waste tires as approved
in subrule 219.5(1), the owner or operator of the site of end use shall
properly notify or seek approval from the department's environmental protection
division, solid waste section, for the proposed beneficial use under the
following circumstances:
a. For applications of less than 250 whole waste tires, notification to the
department shall not be required, subject to the end user's compliance with all
requirements of this chapter.
b. For applications of 250 to 500 whole waste tires, the department shall be
notified in writing no less than 30 days prior to the construction or placement
of waste tires for a beneficial use, with the following information
provided:
(1) The name of the owner, operator, or individual to be responsible for the
beneficial use application at the site of end use, including address and
telephone number;
(2) The address of the beneficial site of end use;
(3) The estimated total number of tires to be used;
(4) A description of the beneficial use application;
(5) A project time line, including proposed project start and end dates; and
(6) A statement regarding how such waste tires shall be properly disposed of by
the site owner in the event that the beneficial use is discontinued or
dismantled.
c. For applications of 500 or more waste tires, approval by the department
shall be obtained prior to any such applications. Approval requests shall be
made to the department in writing and shall contain all information as
requested in paragraph 219.5(2)"b," as well as a scaled plan of the site of end
use with areas noted where whole waste tires are to be placed, including
locations of the site of end use property lines and the location of any
structures within 500 feet of the site of end use.
219.5(3) Prevention of public health risks. All beneficial uses
of whole waste tires as approved in this rule shall incorporate into their
design and construction measures to prevent the retention and stagnation of
water, in the event that such conditions are likely to exist. These measures
shall include, at a minimum, the piercing or drilling of holes in whole waste
tires to allow for water drainage. Such measures shall be designed to minimize
risks to public health and safety caused by the breeding of disease-carrying
insects and rodents.
567--219.6(455D) Beneficial uses for shredded waste tires. This rule
establishes acceptable beneficial uses for shredded waste tires and required
design criteria that shall be observed in the placement of shredded tires at
the site of end use. The following applications shall be considered acceptable
beneficial uses for shredded waste tires:
1. Horizontal drainage "French drain" structures designed to lower the
groundwater table and to transport excess water to another location or drainage
structure, to be constructed as follows:
* The elevation of the drain outlet must be lower than the average seasonal
groundwater table, so as to allow gravity drainage through the drain
structure;
* The drainage structure width shall be no less than three feet and no more
than six feet;
* The minimum depth of shredded tire material in the trench shall be
greater than four feet;
* The minimum thickness of backfill over the trench shall be two feet;
* Headloss of water flowing through the drain shall be due to elevation
changes only; and
* Any site of end use to contain drainage structures composed of more than
300 cubic yards of shredded tires shall be constructed under the auspices of an
Iowa licensed professional engineer.
2. On-site wastewater treatment and disposal system construction, to include
use of shredded tires in lateral trenches and as fill to cover distribution
pipes, under the following conditions:
* The on-site wastewater treatment and disposal system is constructed and
permitted according to the requirements of 567--Chapter 69;
* Shredded tires to be used in the system shall have a minimum dimension of
one inch on any one side and a maximum dimension of three inches on any one
side; and
* The administrative authority responsible for issuance of the permit
approves the beneficial use. The authority shall have the sole discretion to
deny use of shredded tires in system construction based on any engineering or
design principle concerns.
3. Lightweight fill in public roads, public road embankment construction, and
other public civil engineering applications, if all of the following conditions
are met:
* The tire shreds are of uniform composition and sizing;
* The tire shreds are not mixed with other solid wastes, vegetation,
composted materials, or other processed tire products, including separated tire
bead wire, steel cording or nylon fibers;
* The tires are not placed in direct contact with surface or
groundwater;
* The shredded tires are isolated from overburden materials by a protective
membrane or liner to prevent intrusion and settling of overburden; and
* An Iowa licensed professional engineer designs and supervises the
incorporation of shredded tires in beneficial uses of this manner.
4. Structural foundation drainage material used in a project as approved
through a local building permit; and
5. A bulking agent for composting operations at permitted composting
facilities, with tire shreds used to be no larger than three inches on any one
side.
567--219.7(455D) Beneficial uses for baled waste tires. This rule
establishes acceptable beneficial uses for baled waste tires and required
notifications and approvals that must be obtained from the department prior to
placement of baled tires at the site of end use.
219.7(1) Beneficial uses. Civil engineering applications
including stream bank and soil erosion control shall be considered acceptable
beneficial use applications for baled waste tires. Such applications involving
the use of more than 50 cubic yards of baled waste tires to be used at any one
site of end use must be conducted under the immediate direction of one of the
following entities:
1. A federal agency, including but not limited to the Army Corps of Engineers,
a Resource Conservation and Development district office, or the Bureau of Land
Management;
2. A state agency including, but not limited to, the Iowa department of
transportation; or
3. An Iowa licensed professional engineer.
219.7(2) Required notifications and approval. Prior to the
installation or placement of beneficial uses of baled waste tires as approved
in subrule 219.7(1), the owner or operator of the site of end use shall
properly notify or seek approval from the department's environmental protection
division, solid waste section, for the proposed beneficial use under the
following circumstances:
a. For applications of less than 25 cubic yards of baled waste tires at a site
of end use, notification to the department shall not be required, subject to
the end user's compliance with all requirements of this chapter.
b. For applications of 25 to 50 cubic yards of baled waste tires, the
department shall be notified in writing no less than 30 days prior to the
construction or placement of waste tires for a beneficial use, with the
following information provided:
(1) The name of the owner, operator, or individual to be responsible for the
beneficial use application at the site of end use, including address and
telephone number;
(2) The address of the beneficial site of end use;
(3) The estimated total number of cubic yards of tires to be used;
(4) A description of the beneficial use application;
(5) A project time line, including proposed project start and end dates; and
(6) A statement regarding how such waste tires shall be properly disposed of by
the site owner in the event that the beneficial use is discontinued or
dismantled.
c. For beneficial use applications of 50 or more cubic yards of baled waste
tires, approval by the department shall be obtained prior to any such
applications. Approval requests shall be made to the department's
environmental protection division, solid waste section, in writing and shall
contain all information as requested in paragraph 219.7(2)"b," as well as a
scaled plan of the site of end use with areas noted where baled waste tires are
to be placed, including locations of the site of end use property lines, and
the location of any structures within 500 feet of the site of end use.
567--219.8(455D) Beneficial uses for cut waste tires. This rule
establishes acceptable beneficial uses for cut waste tires. Notifications and
approvals shall not be required by the department prior to the use or placement
of cut tires at a site of end use as approved in this rule, so long as such
uses incorporate into their design and construction measures to prevent the
retention and stagnation of surface water, in the event that such conditions
are likely to exist. Such measures shall be designed to minimize risks to
public health and safety caused by the breeding of disease-carrying insects and
rodents. The following applications shall be considered acceptable beneficial
uses for cut waste tires:
1. Agricultural uses to hold down covers over hay, silage, and other
agricultural commodities;
2. Traffic control devices for use in public roadway construction projects;
3. Portable surfaces manufactured from tire faces or tread;
4. Silt collection fences manufactured from tire faces or tread; and
5. Bagel-cut tires used for underturf water conservation and turf growth
enhancement systems at golf courses.
567--219.9(455D) Requests for approval of other beneficial use
designations. The department shall have the authority to approve or deny
requests for beneficial use applications for whole, shredded, baled, or cut
waste tires that are not specifically addressed within this chapter. Requests
for such use determinations shall be made to the department's environmental
protection division, solid waste section, in writing. The department may
request project descriptions and supporting scientific and engineering data to
determine if a request for a beneficial use designation is warranted. The
department shall have the sole authority to deny a beneficial use request if
the department determines that any one of the following conditions exists:
1. The requested beneficial use designation poses a risk to the environment or
to public health, welfare, and safety;
2. The requested beneficial use designation is determined to have the primary
purpose as a land disposal mechanism, and any beneficial use would be
incidental in nature; or
3. The requested beneficial use designation would not be in accordance with
other applicable federal, state, or local laws, regulations, and ordinances.
567--219.10(455D) Compliance with local, state, and federal
regulations. Any proposed beneficial use project or application of whole,
shredded, baled, or cut waste tires may require approval or permits from
federal, state, and local agencies, under other laws, regulations, and
ordinances, as applicable, including but not limited to the following:
1. The Army Corps of Engineers for projects involving navigable waterways and
other waterways over which they have jurisdiction;
2. Waste tire beneficial use applications involving placement on or within land
or waters contained within a floodplain shall have necessary approval from the
department's floodplain management program, as specified in 567--Chapters 70
through 75; and
3. Local building codes, zoning and land-use covenants, ordinances, and
guidelines.
567--219.11(455D) Storage of waste tires prior to beneficial use
application. Whole, shredded, cut, or baled tires to be used for a
beneficial use application may be stored at the site of end use, subject to the
following requirements:
219.11(1) Tires may be stored in piles or bales for no longer than 60
days prior to the date of application, excepting whole waste tires for
agricultural uses as specified in paragraph 219.5(1)"d."
219.11(2) All storage of such waste tire materials shall be conducted
in accordance with current statutes of the uniform fire code and shall also
meet the following requirements:
a. No single tire pile shall contain more than 50,000 cubic feet of waste tire
material;
b. The highest (vertical) dimension of any tire pile shall not exceed 10
feet;
c. The largest surface area covered by a pile shall not exceed 5,000 square
feet; and
d. Fire lanes having a minimum width of 40 feet must be maintained between any
two tire piles.
219.11(3) Any storage of waste tires associated with a proposed
beneficial reuse project at a site of end use that exists longer than 60 days
without implementation of completion of a beneficial reuse project shall be
subject to the waste tire storage permitting requirements as contained in
567--Chapter 117.
These rules are intended to implement 1996 Iowa Acts, House File 2433, section
9.
ARC 8226A
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or
association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as
provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."
Notice is also given
to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own
motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed
action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public
or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 234.6, the Department of Human
Services proposes to amend Chapter 153, "Social Services Block Grant and
Funding for Local Services," appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments revise policy governing the State Payment Program as
follows:
* Policy is revised to incorporate changes needed due to the inclusion of
State Payment Program recipients with a primary diagnosis of mental illness in
the Iowa Plan for Behavioral Health (Iowa Plan). See ARC 8219A, herein,
for rules implementing the Iowa Plan effective January 1, 1999. The Iowa Plan
contractor shall manage and cover all services for these recipients which the
State Payment Program would fund for the member if the person were not the
responsibility of the Iowa Plan, i.e., the same services provided by the county
to its residents in the county's last approved county management plan from the
county mental health, mental retardation, and developmental disabilities
fund.
The Iowa Plan contractor will also manage Medicaid-funded mental health and
substance abuse services for these recipients if they are also Medicaid
beneficiaries in eligibility groups included in the Iowa Plan. Payment for
services which are the responsibility of the Iowa Plan contractor shall be made
in accordance with the Iowa Plan's procedures and at the rate established by
the contractor. Financial participation on the part of the member whose case
is being managed by the contractor shall be governed by the financial
participation provisions of the Iowa Plan.
Decisions other than eligibility decisions made by the Iowa Plan contractor
adversely affecting applicants or members shall be first reviewed pursuant to
the contractor's review process and then, if not satisfactorily resolved,
through the Department's appeal procedures.
The term "enrolled person" is changed to "member" to use the same terminology
as used by the Iowa Plan for these recipients.
* Policy is clarified to provide that a person must be present in the state
without legal settlement in an Iowa county to receive services under the State
Payment Program. Out-of-state providers will not be paid.
* Policy is clarified to provide that eligibility for services and payment
for services for a member shall be based on the eligibility guidelines and
services provided in the last approved county management plan of the county in
which the member is residing.
* Allowable service costs for residential providers without a purchase of
service contract are more clearly defined to reduce errors in providers'
representation of service costs to the Department.
* Contracting requirements for providers without a purchase of service
contract are clarified to help protect members and the Department.
* Policy is clarified regarding which costs are not covered by the State
Payment Program.
* Policy is revised to clarify the effective date of an applicant's
eligibility for the State Payment Program. The effective date shall be the
date the Department's service worker receives a signed State Payment Program
Eligibility Determination, Form 470-0604, or Application for All Social
Services, Form 470-0615, unless referral is made through a central point of
coordination. If referral is made through a central point of coordination, the
central point of coordination application date may be used as the effective
date if the application includes a properly completed legal settlement
worksheet and is received in the Department's county office within 35 days of
the central point of coordination application date. Retroactive payments will
not be made prior to the effective date.
If the Department's service worker is not supplied with information required to
complete the application within 30 days of the worker's written request, the
worker may deny the application.
* Other minor changes are made clarifying operation of the program and the
roles of various Department personnel.
Consideration will be given to all written data, views, and arguments thereto
received by the Bureau of Policy Analysis, Department of Human Services, Hoover
State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319-0114, on or before September 2,
1998.
Oral presentations may be made by persons appearing at the following meetings.
Written comments will also be accepted at these times.
Cedar Rapids - September 3, 1998 10 a.m.
Cedar Rapids Regional Office
Iowa Building - Suite 600
Sixth Floor Conference Room
411 Third St. S.E.
Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52401
Council Bluffs - September 2, 1998 10 a.m.
Council Bluffs Regional Office
Administrative Conference Room
417 E. Kanesville Boulevard
Council Bluffs, Iowa 51501
Davenport - September 2, 1998 10 a.m.
Davenport Area Office
Bicentennial Building - Fifth Floor
Conference Room 3
428 Western
Davenport, Iowa 52801
Des Moines - September 3, 1998 10 a.m.
Des Moines Regional Office
City View Plaza
Conference Room 104
1200 University
Des Moines, Iowa 50314
Mason City - September 3, 1998 10:30 a.m.
Mason City Area Office
Mohawk Square, Liberty Room
22 North Georgia Avenue
Mason City, Iowa 50401
Ottumwa - September 4, 1998 10 a.m.
Ottumwa Area Office
Conference Room 2
120 East Main
Ottumwa, Iowa 52501
Sioux City - September 2, 1998 9 a.m.
Sioux City Regional Office
Fifth Floor, Conference Room B
520 Nebraska St.
Sioux City, Iowa 51101
Waterloo - September 2, 1998 10:30 a.m.
Waterloo Regional Office
Pinecrest Office Building
Conference Room 420
1407 Independence Avenue
Waterloo, Iowa 50703
Any persons who intend to attend a public hearing and have special requirements
such as hearing or vision impairments should contact the Bureau of Policy
Analysis at (515)281-8440 and advise of special needs.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section 234.6(6).
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend 441--Chapter 153, Division IV, Preamble,
first paragraph, as follows:
PREAMBLE
The state payment program for services to adults provides 100 percent state
funds to pay for mental illness, mental retardation and developmental
disabilities local services for eligible persons who have no legal settlement
in Iowa. This ensures that each of the mental illness, mental
retardation and developmental disabilities local services provided by an Iowa
county to residents who have legal settlement is also available to residents of
that county who do not have legal settlement. For residents
without legal settlement, the state payment program mirrors the services which
would otherwise be available to them from the county mental health, mental
retardation and developmental disabilities services fund through the county
central point of coordination.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 441--153.51(234) as follows:
Amend the definition of "Approved county management plan" as follows:
"Approved county management plan" means the county plan developed pursuant to
Iowa Code Supplement section 331.439 that has been approved by
the department's director.
Rescind the definition of "Enrolled person."
Adopt the following new definitions in alphabetical order:
"Application date" means the date a signed Form 470-0604, State Payment Program
Eligibility Determination, is received in the county office. See subrule
153.53(4).
"Department's service worker" means the department's county service worker or
the department's Title XIX case manager.
"Division administrator" means the administrator of the division of mental
health and developmental disabilities of the department.
"Iowa Plan" means the Iowa Plan for Behavioral Health established by the
department's division of medical services as the managed care plan to provide
mental health and substance abuse services. The Iowa Plan shall manage
behavioral health services to state payment program members with a diagnosis of
mental illness or chronic mental illness (even if the member has a coexisting
diagnosis of mental retardation or developmental disability).
"Member" means a person authorized by the division to receive benefits from the
state payment program.
"Provider" means an Iowa provider of mental health, mental retardation, or
developmental disability services who has a valid purchase of service contract
with the department for the service or a valid special mental health provider
agreement with the division for the service, or is a participating provider
with the Iowa Plan for services to Iowa Plan members.
ITEM 3. Amend subrules 153.52(1) and 153.52(3) as follows:
153.52(1) Eligibility criteria. When residing in a county without an
approved county management plan, meet the eligibility criteria established in
rule 441--153.33(234) the last approved county management
plan. When residing in a county with an approved county management plan,
meet the eligibility criteria in the approved plan.
153.52(3) Residency. Be a resident of Iowa present in the state
without legal settlement in an Iowa county.
ITEM 4. Amend rule 441--153.53(234) as follows:
441--153.53(234) Application procedure.
153.53(1) Application by service worker. It shall be the
responsibility of the department's county office service
workers to make application for the state payment program for any person they
serve who may be eligible. An application for a person awaiting discharge
from a state mental health institute or state hospital school shall be
initiated by the institution's social worker and forwarded to the department's
service worker for completion. Applications shall be made only with the
knowledge and consent of the person or the person's legal or personal
representative. An applicant residing in a county with an approved county
management plan, with the consent of that county's central point of
coordination, may be required to make application through the central point of
coordination process.
153.53(2) Eligibility for services. Applicants for the state
payment program must first be determined eligible for services following the
application procedure in rule 441-- 130.2(234). An applicant residing
in a county with an approved county management plan shall be determined
eligible following based on the eligibility guidelines
contained in the approved county management plan. An applicant residing in
a county without an approved county management plan shall be determined
eligible based on the eligibility guidelines of the last approved county
management plan. The department's county office service
worker is responsible for the decision made on eligibility based on the
approved county management plan.
A person eligible for the state payment program as of June 30, 1996, shall
remain eligible as long as the eligibility requirements in effect on June 30,
1996, are met.
153.53(3) Application requirements. Applications shall be made on Form
SS-1106-0 470-0604, State Payment Program Eligibility
Determination, and shall include a copy of the applicant's case plan; a copy of
a study or report signed by a licensed physician, psychiatrist, or
psychologist which establishes a diagnosis of mental illness, mental
retardation, or developmental disability or a copy of a study or report
signed by a licensed independent social worker or licensed master social worker
which establishes a diagnosis of mental illness which is not secondary to a
medical condition; Form RS-1120-0 470-0555,
Services Reporting System, completed except for item 41 and the last two digits
of item 40; and additional narrative as follows:
a. to c. No change.
d. An explanation of the applicant's financial status, including Title XIX,
Medicare, veteran and social security status and other entitlements.
e. A statement verifying that the services requested are in the approved
county management plan of the applicant's county of residence and would be
funded by the county for the applicant if the applicant had legal settlement in
the county.
f. A statement that the provider identified either (1) has a valid purchase
of service agreement for the services requested, or (2) the provider has a
valid special mental health provider agreement for the service established by
Form 470-3336, State Payment Provider Enrollment Information. If the provider
does not have one of these agreements, Form 470-3336 completed by the provider
and a copy of the provider's agreement with a county under an approved county
management plan which specifies the unit of service and the lowest unit rate
paid by a county shall be included with the application materials submitted to
central office.
g. A statement that the provider is a participating provider with the Iowa
Plan when the applicant's diagnosis is mental illness or chronic mental
illness.
153.53(4) Application date. The date of application is the date a
signed Form SS 1106-0 470-0604, State Payment Program
Eligibility Determination, is received in the department's county
office. For applications processed through a central point of
coordination, the date of application is the date a signed county application
is received in the office of the central point of coordination. The
application date from a completed and signed Form SS-1120
470-0615, Application for Social Services, or a completed and signed
central point of coordination (CPC) application form, may be
transferred, as the effective date, to Form SS 1106-0
470-0604, State Payment Program Eligibility Determination, when the
CPC application received by the department's county office contains a legal
settlement worksheet completed in accordance with provisions of Iowa Code
chapter 252 and other applicable laws and rulings of courts, and the CPC
application is received in the department's county office within 35 days of the
CPC application date.
153.53(5) Application submission. The application shall be completed
by the department's service worker and submitted with materials
required by subrule 153.53(3) to the division within 30 days of the
application date the department's county office receives a
signed Form 470-0604, or a signed Form 470-0615, or a signed CPC application
form containing a legal settlement worksheet completed in accordance with
provisions of Iowa Code chapter 252 and other applicable laws and rulings of
courts.
ITEM 5. Amend rule 441--153.54(234) as follows:
441--153.54(234) Eligible services. Services eligible for
reimbursement pursuant to this division of the rules are, for applicants
residing in a county without an approved county management plan, the
following mental illness, mental retardation, and developmental
disabilities local services: adult day care, adult support, community
supervised apartment living arrangements, adult residential services, sheltered
work, supported employment, supported work training, transportation, and work
activity services defined in the last approved county management
plan where the applicant resides. For applicants residing in a county with
an approved county management plan, the applicant is eligible for the services
defined in the plan of the applicant's county of residence.
A person receiving a service under the state payment program as of June 30,
1996, which is not in the approved county management plan shall continue to
remain eligible for that service as long as the eligibility requirements in
effect on June 30, 1996, are met.
ITEM 6. Amend rule 441--153.55(234) as follows:
441--153.55(234) Service provision.
153.55(1) Purchased services. The state payment program
provides payment for mental illness, mental retardation and developmental
disabilities local services to enrolled persons as follows. Social
casework as defined in rule 441-- 131.1(234) will be provided by the
department, or with agreement, through a county central point of
coordination process, during the period for which services are paid.
Regardless of who provides the social casework, the The
department has final responsibility for any decisions that may be subject to
appeal. The state payment program provides payment for mental illness,
mental retardation and developmental disabilities local services to members as
follows.
a. For enrolled persons with mental retardation members
without a mental illness or chronic mental illness, payment will be
provided for services as long as the person is eligible and the following
criteria are met:
(1) The provider and the department have a valid purchase of service agreement
for the service pursuant to 441--Chapter 150, or the provider has a
contract with a county to provide services under an approved county management
plan which specifies the unit of service and the unit rate to be paid by the
county, and the provider has completed and signed division has
accepted the provider for a special mental health provider agreement via
Form 470-3336, State Payment Program Provider Enrollment Information.
(2) For an enrolled person a member residing in a
county without an approved county management plan, the service is in the
county's plan for mental illness, mental retardation, and developmental
disabilities local purchase services last approved county
management plan and payment for the service for other residents would be made
from the county mental health, mental retardation and developmental
disabilities services fund. For an enrolled person a
member residing in a county with an approved county management plan, the
service is provided under the approved plan and paid
payment for the service for other residents would be made from
the county mental health, mental retardation and developmental disabilities
services fund.
(3) The service is provided or paid for by the enrolled
person's member's county of residence to persons who have legal
settlement there.
(4) Residential providers shall be approved providers under the department's
state supplementary assistance (SSA) program. Residential providers who are
not approved to receive SSA funds for maintenance costs are not eligible for a
special mental health provider agreement with the state payment program.
(5) Service providers shall access the other payment systems for which the
member is eligible prior to billing the state payment program.
b. For enrolled persons members with a mental
illness or a developmental disability chronic mental
illness, payment for services will be provided made
through the Iowa Plan as long as the person is eligible and the following
criteria are met:
(1) The provider and the department have a valid purchase of service
agreement for the service pursuant to 441--Chapter 150 or the provider has a
contract with a county to provide services under an approved county management
plan which specifies the unit of service and the unit rate to be paid by the
county, and the provider has completed and signed Form 470-3336, State Payment
Program Provider Enrollment Information is a participating provider
with the Iowa Plan.
(2) For an enrolled person a member residing in a
county without an approved county management plan, the service is in
the county's plan for mental illness, mental retardation, and developmental
disabilities local purchase services for the person's county of residence or
the service is provided or paid for by the person's county of residence for
persons who have legal settlement in the county Iowa Plan
contractor has verified the member's state payment program eligibility with the
department and the service is in the county's last approved plan and payment
for the service is made for other residents from the county mental health,
mental retardation and developmental disabilities services fund.
(3) For an enrolled person a member residing in a
county with an approved county management plan, the Iowa Plan contractor has
verified the person's state payment program eligibility with the department
and the service is provided under the approved county management
plan and paid payment for the service for other
residents is made from the county mental health, mental retardation and
developmental disabilities services fund.
153.55(2) Excluded costs. The following costs are excluded from
payment by the state payment program:
a. The costs for an enrolled person's a member's
maintenance (room and board), medical services and other needs
are not paid by the state payment program when the person is
eligible for Medicaid, social security or state supplementary assistance
except when the cost is included as an integral part in the mental
illness, mental retardation, and developmental disabilities service received by
the enrolled person and the cost cannot be separated from the rest of the
service cost. The state payment program pays only the net service
cost of a residential service.
b. Services received prior to the effective date.
c. The cost of local services which the member is eligible to have funded by
private sources or by other state or federal programs or funds.
d. Service costs which are the responsibility of the Iowa Plan contractor.
The Iowa Plan contractor shall cover all services which the state payment
program would fund for the member if the member were not the responsibility of
the Iowa Plan. For members funded through the Iowa Plan, the services covered
by the Iowa Plan are services in full, and payment made by the Iowa Plan for
the services is payment in full.
e. Funeral and embalming, burial or cremation costs.
ITEM 7. Amend rule 441--153.56(234) as follows:
441--153.56(234) Eligibility determination.
153.56(1) Certification by central office. Following receipt of a
completed Form SS 1106-0 470-0604 and required
accompanying documentation from the county office or the county central
point of coordination specified in subrule 153.53(3), central
office staff of the department shall complete the determination of eligibility
as follows:
a. Iowa counties, other states and counties, agencies, institutions,
professional persons and other sources shall be contacted as necessary,
and court records and other documents shall be reviewed as necessary to
determine the applicant's eligibility for benefits.
b. The applicant's legal settlement status shall be ascertained in accordance
with Iowa Code sections 252.16 and 252.17 and with other applicable laws,
rulings of courts and opinions of the Iowa attorney general.
c. The applicant's eligibility for the state payment program shall be certified
to the department's county office and, when applicable, the central point of
coordination and the Iowa Plan contractor on Form
SS-1106-0 470-0604 within 30 days of receipt in central
office of the completed application and all verifications specified in subrule
153.53(3).
153.56(2) Notification of applicant.
a. Following certification by central office, central
office the department's service worker shall notify the
applicant of the decision in accordance with department requirements and
procedures.
b. Notifications of service changes and terminations for members
without mental illness or chronic mental illness are the responsibility of
the department's county office using the department's notice of decision in
accordance with department requirements and procedures.
c. Notifications of service changes and terminations for members with mental
illness or chronic mental illness are the responsibility of the Iowa Plan
contractor and shall include notification to the department's service worker
for the member.
153.56(3) Effective date. An applicant's eligibility for state payment
program funding shall be effective from the date of application.
If the department's service worker is not supplied with information required
in subrule 153.53(3) to complete the application within 30 days of the worker's
written request for specific information, the application may be denied by the
department.
153.56(4) Redetermination. Redeterminations of eligibility for the
state payment program shall be done when the enrolled person's
member's eligibility for services is redetermined and also at the time a
change in the enrolled person's member's legal
settlement status has been calculated to occur or does occur.
ITEM 8. Amend rule 441--153.57(234) as follows:
441--153.57(234) Program administration.
153.57(1) Provider responsibilities.
a. For an enrolled person a member whose case is
being managed by department staff the department's service
worker, in providing services to the person member,
the provider shall follow the department's case plan and shall submit
quarterly reports on the member's progress to the
department department's service worker assigned
responsibility for the case as required by 441--subparagraph
150.3(3)"j"(2).
b. For a member whose case is being managed by the department's service
worker and the Iowa Plan contractor, the provider shall follow the case plan
designated by the Iowa Plan and shall submit reports as required by the Iowa
Plan.
c. For an enrolled person a member whose case is
being managed by the department's service worker and a county central
point of coordination, the provider shall follow the central point of
coordination's case plan and shall submit quarterly reports on the
member's progress to the department department's
service worker and central point of coordination, as required by
441--subparagraph 150.3(3)"j"(2).
d. Providers furnishing services to enrolled persons
members who are residents of a county without an approved county
management plan shall furnish services in accordance with the provisions of
the last approved county management plan, federal and state statutes and
regulations, the department rules governing the mental illness, mental
retardation and developmental disabilities local services being provided,
and the rules of this chapter.
e. Providers furnishing services to members whose cases are being managed by
the department's service worker and the Iowa Plan contractor shall furnish
services in accordance with federal and state statutes and regulations and
department rules, and Iowa Plan criteria.
f. Providers shall cooperate in furnishing the Iowa Plan contractor with any
information the provider has that is necessary to determine the initial or
continued eligibility of a person for whom funding is sought through the Iowa
Plan.
g. Providers shall cooperate in providing the department with any
information the provider has that is necessary to determine the initial or
continued eligibility of a person for whom funding is sought. Providers shall
notify the department within 30 days of any change in a member's circumstances
that would affect the member's eligibility or the member's cost of
services.
h. Providers shall maintain in good standing all certifications,
accreditation, licensure, or other applicable federal and state statutory and
regulatory requirements; comply with all applicable federal and state
confidentiality laws and applicable rules in the Iowa Administrative Code; and
comply with all applicable federal and state requirements with respect to civil
rights, equal employment opportunity, and affirmative action.
i. Providers shall notify the division administrator within 24 hours of any
change in licensure, certification, accreditation, or other applicable
statutory or regulatory standing. Providers shall maintain, for a period of
five years from the date of service, clinical and financial records adequate to
support the need for and provision of the services purchased by the department.
The department or its authorized agent shall have access to these records to
perform any clinical or fiscal audits the department deems necessary.
j. Providers shall comply with the rules of this chapter.
k. Providers under investigation by any federal or state statutory or
regulatory authority may be prohibited from accepting for service any new
applicants or members whom the providers did not already serve on the date the
investigation was initiated. For the duration of the investigation, the
provider shall not be prohibited from serving and receiving payment for
services provided to members whom the provider served on the date the
investigation was initiated.
153.57(2) Department responsibilities. The department as sponsoring
agency shall be responsible for all contacts with governmental units as
necessary, with in-state and out-of-state agencies as necessary,
with the applicant or enrolled person's member's family
and others in matters concerning the applicant or enrolled
person's member's legal settlement and residency, entitlements
from other sources and eligibility for the state payment program.
The department shall verify with the county central point of coordination
the services and unit rates of providers applying for a special mental health
provider agreement by Form 470-3336.
The department reserves the right to terminate special mental health
provider agreements established via Form 470-3336 for any reason by giving the
provider 30 days' notice. Failure by a provider to abide by the rules of this
chapter may be cause for termination. Citations or sanctions against the
provider by any federal or state statutory or regulatory authority may be cause
for termination.
The department reserves the right not to enter into a special mental health
provider agreement with a provider who has been cited or sanctioned by a
federal or state statutory or regulatory authority within two years of the
provider's application for a special mental health provider agreement via Form
470-3336, or who has failed to demonstrate that the provider meets the
requirements for a special mental health provider agreement as stated in this
chapter.
153.57(3) Payment to providers. The following policies shall govern
payment to providers for services furnished to enrolled
persons members:
a. Payment for service shall be made in accordance with 441--Chapter 150 and
departmental procedures. Form AA-2241-0 470-0020,
Purchase of Service Provider Invoice, shall be used to bill for services
covered by a purchase of service contract or authorized under an
approved county management plan a special mental health provider
agreement for services actually provided to a member from the effective date of
state payment program eligibility.
Payment for services which are the responsibility of the Iowa Plan
contractor shall be made in accordance with the Iowa Plan's procedures and
shall not be submitted on Form 470-0020, Purchase of Service Provider Invoice,
for payment.
Form 625-5297, Claim Order/Claim Voucher, shall be used for all other
services.
b. Payment to a provider for services provided to an enrolled
person a member shall be the lowest rate established for the
service by a county with an approved county management plan including, but not
limited to, rates established pursuant to 441--subrule 150.22(6). Payment
to a provider for services to a member whose case is being managed by the
department's service worker and the Iowa Plan shall be at the rate established
by the Iowa Plan contractor.
c. Rescinded IAB 7/2/97, effective 7/1/97.
d. Financial participation on the part of the enrolled person in the
payment member for services and maintenance for
persons members residing in and receiving
services from the state payment program in a county without an
approved county management plan shall be governed by the rules of the
programs provided and where appropriate by rule 441--130.4(234)
financial participation provisions of the last approved county management
plan or under other applicable conditions as stated in the rules which apply to
the services requested or received.
Financial participation on the part of the enrolled person in the
payment for services for persons member residing and
receiving services from the state payment program in a county with an
approved county management plan shall be governed by the financial
participation provisions of the approved county management plan.
Financial participation on the part of a member whose case is being managed
by the department and the Iowa Plan contractor shall be governed by the
financial participation provisions of the Iowa Plan.
e. Payment for outdated warrants and for invoices for services and claims over
which there is dispute with the department shall be submitted to the state
appeals board, in accordance with Iowa Code chapter 25. Payment for
invoices for services and claims over which there is dispute with the Iowa Plan
contractor shall be made according to the procedures established by the Iowa
Plan contractor.
ITEM 9. Amend rule 441--153.58(234) as follows:
441--153.58(234) Reduction, denial or termination of benefits. For
enrolled persons members residing in and
receiving services from the state payment program in a county without
an approved county management plan, the person's state payment program benefits
may be denied, terminated or reduced according to rule
441--130.5(234) the provisions of the last approved county
management plan or under other applicable conditions as stated in the rules
which apply to the services requested or received.
For enrolled persons members residing and
receiving services from the state payment program in a county with an
approved county management plan, the person's member's
state payment program benefits may be denied, terminated or reduced according
to the provisions of the approved county management plan.
An Iowa Plan member's state payment program benefits may be denied,
terminated or reduced according to the provisions of the last approved county
management plan of the member's county of residence. The department shall at
all times retain control over eligibility determination. The Iowa Plan
contractor shall communicate with the department at least quarterly regarding
the member's status and services.
An enrolled person's A member's state payment program
benefits shall be terminated on the date the person
member acquires legal settlement in a county of the state or the date
the member ceases to be a resident of Iowa as defined in this chapter.
The department's service worker in the county office is responsible for
completing notices of decision to the enrolled person
member and sending copies to central office the
state payment program manager and, where applicable, the Iowa Plan
contractor regarding service changes and terminations.
ITEM 10. Amend rule 441--153.59(234) as follows:
441--153.59(234) Appeals. Decisions regarding eligibility of any
applicant and decisions adversely affecting applicants or enrolled
persons members who are not eligible for the Iowa Plan may be
appealed pursuant to 441--Chapter 7.
Decisions (other than eligibility) adversely affecting applicants or members
who are eligible for the Iowa Plan shall be first appealed pursuant to the Iowa
Plan contractor's appeal provisions, and then, if not satisfactorily disposed,
pursuant to 441--Chapter 7.
Decisions made by the Iowa Plan contractor adversely affecting service
providers shall be reviewed pursuant to the Iowa Plan contractor's appeal
provisions.
Decisions Department decisions adversely affecting
service providers with a current purchase of service contract may be reviewed
pursuant to 441--subrule 150.3(9).
Providers without a purchase of service contract with a
special mental health provider agreement who are adversely affected by a
department decision may request a review. The procedure for this review is as
follows:
a 1. The provider shall send a written request for
review to the division administrator within 10 working days of receipt
of the decision in question. This request shall document the specific area in
question and the remedy desired. The division administrator shall
provide a written response within 10 30 working
days.
b 2. When dissatisfied with the
division's division administrator's response, the
provider may appeal this decision within 10 working days to the director of the
department, who will issue the final department decision within 14 working
days.
ARC 8233A
PUBLIC SAFETY DEPARTMENT[661]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or
association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as
provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."
Notice is also given
to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own
motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed
action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public
or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 321.4, the Iowa Department of
Public Safety hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 4,
"Weapons," Iowa Administrative Code.
On November 30, 1998, the Federal Bureau of Investigation will institute the
new NICS (National Instant Check System) for screening of prospective
purchasers of firearms. The system will access criminal history files along
with other databases with information which could indicate that a prospective
purchaser is disqualified from acquiring a firearm under state or federal law.
These amendments add a definition of NICS to Iowa's weapons permitting rules
(Item 1) and provide that checks through NICS shall be run prior to the
issuance of permits to acquire or permits to carry in Iowa (Items 2 and 3). In
addition, two existing definitions are edited. The definition of applicant is
modified to include applicants for permits to acquire as well as permits to
carry. The definition of the IOWA System is edited for usage only with no
substantive change. Item 4 corrects a cross-reference and an address within
rule 661--4.9(17A,724), and adds an E-mail address for inquiries regarding
weapons classified as collector's items.
A public hearing on these proposed amendments will be held on September 3,
1998, at 9:30 a.m., in the Third Floor Conference Room of the Wallace State
Office Building, East Ninth and Grand, Des Moines, Iowa 50319. Persons may
present their views orally or in writing at the public hearing. Persons who
wish to make oral presentations at the public hearing should contact the Plans
and Research Bureau, Iowa Department of Public Safety, Wallace State Office
Build-ing, Des Moines, Iowa 50319, by telephone at (515)281-5524, or by
electronic mail via the Internet atadmrule@dps.state.ia.us at least one day
prior to the public hearing. Any written comments or information regarding
these amendments should be directed to the Plans and Research Bureau at one of
the addresses indicated. Persons who wish to convey their views orally other
than at the public hearing may contact the Plans and Research Bureau by
telephone or in person at the Bureau office at least one day prior to the
public hearing.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 724.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 661--4.1(724) as follows:
Amend the following definitions:
"Applicant" means a person who is applying for a permit to acquire pistols
or revolvers or to carry weapons.
"I.O.W.A. IOWA system" means the Iowa On-line Warrants
and Articles Criminal Justice Information System operated by the Iowa
department of public safety for use by law enforcement and criminal justice
agencies in the exchange of criminal history and other criminal justice
information.
Add the following new definition in alphabetical order:
"NICS" means the National Instant Criminal Background Check System established
by the Federal Bureau of Investigation for the purpose of determining whether
the transfer of a firearm to any person would be in violation of federal or
state law. A NICS check shall include inquiries to the Iowa computerized
criminal history database and the Iowa on-line warrants and articles (IOWA)
system persons file.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 661--4.4(724) as follows:
Amend subrule 4.4(2) as follows:
4.4(2) The sheriff may use discretion in determining whether or not to
issue the permit. Prior to issuing the permit, the sheriff shall determine
that the applicant is not a convicted felon, or otherwise prohibited from
possessing or acquiring a firearm under either Iowa or federal law, by
running a NICS check obtaining criminal history data through the
I.O.W.A. system from the department and the Federal Bureau of
Investigation through the IOWA system. The sheriff may
restrict or limit the authority of professional and nonprofessional permits.
Amend subrule 4.4(5) as follows:
4.4(5) Prior to issuing the permit, the commissioner shall determine
that the applicant is not a convicted felon, or otherwise prohibited from
possessing or acquiring a firearm under either Iowa or federal law, by running
a NICS check through the IOWA system. If the commissioner determines that
a permit will be issued to a nonresident, the commissioner may restrict or
limit the authority granted by the permit.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 4.5(2) as follows:
4.5(2) Prior to issuing the permit to acquire pistols or revolvers, the
sheriff shall determine that the applicant is not a convicted felon, or
otherwise prohibited from possessing or acquiring a firearm under either Iowa
or federal law, by running a NICS check through the IOWA system. by
obtaining criminal history data through the I.O.W.A. system from the Iowa
department of public safety and the Federal Bureau of
Investigation.
ITEM 4. Amend rule 661--4.9(17A,724) as follows:
Amend subrule 4.9(1) as follows:
4.9(1) The current list of updates promulgated by the United States
Department of Treasury, Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms as identified
in rule 661-- 4.18(17A,724) subrule 4.8(1).
Amend subrule 4.9(3) as follows:
4.9(3) The lists are available without cost by writing or contacting
the Iowa Department of Public Safety, Administrative Services
Division Field Services Bureau, Wallace State Office Building,
Des Moines, Iowa 50319-0045, or calling (515)281-3211
7610, or by Electronic mail via the Internet at
wpinfo@dps.state.ia.us.
ARC 8232A
RACING AND GAMING COMMISSION[491]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or
association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as
provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."
Notice is also given
to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own
motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed
action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public
or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 99F.4, the Iowa Racing and
Gaming Commission hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 20,
"Application Proc-ess for Excursion Boats and Racetrack Enclosure Gaming
License," Iowa Administrative Code.
Item 1 requires recipients of nonprofit distributions to explain how their
receipt of this money would benefit residents of Iowa.
Item 2 requires the qualified sponsoring organization, before funding a
request, to consider how it would benefit residents of Iowa. It also does not
allow the qualified sponsoring organization to distribute to an organization
that has an employee, officer or director who is a member of the Commission.
Any person may make written suggestions or comments on the proposed amendments
on or before September 1, 1998. Written material should be directed to the
Racing and Gaming Commission, 717 E. Court, Suite B, Des Moines, Iowa 50309.
Persons who wish to convey their views orally should contact the Commission
office at (515)281-7352.
Also, there will be a public hearing on September 1, 1998, at 9 a.m. in the
office of the Racing and Gaming Commission, 717 E. Court, Suite B, Des Moines,
Iowa. Persons may present their views at the public hearing either orally or
in writing.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 99F.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 20.11(6), paragraph "a," subparagraph
(2), as follows:
(2) Potential recipients of any such distributions shall be required to certify
that the intended use of the proceeds of the distributions will comply with the
uses as defined in Iowa Code section 99B.7, subsection 3, paragraph "b." A
potential recipient shall also explain in writing how the intended use of the
proceeds of the distribution will benefit the residents of Iowa.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 20.11(6) by adding new paragraphs
"d" and "e" as follows:
d. In determining whether to fund a request from a potential recipient, the
qualified sponsoring organization shall consider how the intended use of the
proceeds of the distribution will benefit the residents of Iowa.
e. No licensee or qualified sponsoring organization shall make a distribution
to any organization that has an employee, officer or director who is a member
of the commission. This provision does not apply to employees, officers,
directors or trustees of political subdivisions or their affiliated agencies or
boards. No commissioner shall express, or otherwise attempt to influence, a
qualified sponsoring organization as to the commissioner's preference for a
potential grantee.
ARC 8228A
REAL ESTATE COMMISSION[193E]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or
association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as
provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."
Notice is also given
to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own
motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed
action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public
or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 543B.9, the Iowa Real Estate
Commission hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 1, "Business
Conduct," and to adopt Chapter 8, "Waivers or Variances from Rules," Iowa
Administrative Code.
In accordance with authority granted to the Commission, it proposes to amend
rule 193E--1.1(543B) by adding the definition of "Firm." Proposed subrules
1.24(3) and 1.24(4) establish guidelines and requirements for firms and
individual licensees advertising on the Internet. Subrules 1.24(5) and 1.24(6)
establish guidelines and requirements for firms and licensees using E-mail and
other Internet electronic communications. The proposed Chapter 8 allows the
Commission to consider a waiver or variance from administrative rules, provides
applicants and licensees with the procedures necessary to request a waiver or
variance and outlines the Commission's responsibilities when a request is
submitted.
Consideration will be given to all written suggestions or comments on the
proposed amendments received on or before September 1, 1998. Comments should
be addressed to Roger L. Hansen, 1918 S.E. Hulsizer, Ankeny, Iowa 50021, or
faxed to (515)281-7411. E-mail may be sent to IREC@max.state.ia.us.
A public hearing will be held on September 1, 1998, at 9 a.m. in the
Professional Licensing Conference Room on the second floor of the Department of
Commerce Building, 1918 S.E. Hulsizer, Ankeny, Iowa.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 17A and 543B.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 193E--1.1(543B) by adding the following
new definition in alphabetical order:
"Firm" means a licensed partnership, association, or corporation.
ITEM 2. Adopt new subrules 1.24(3) to 1.24(6) as follows:
1.24(3) A licensed firm advertising on a site on the Internet must
include on each page of the site on which the firm's advertisement appears the
following data:
a. The firm's license number and name as registered with the commission
(abbreviations are not permitted);
b. The city and state in which the firm's main office is located; and
c. The states in which the firm holds a real estate brokerage license.
1.24(4) A licensee advertising on a site on the Internet must include on
each page of the site on which the licensee's advertisement appears the
following data:
a. The licensee's name and license number;
b. The name of the firm with which the licensee is affiliated as that firm name
is registered with the commission (abbreviations are not permitted);
c. The city and state in which the licensee's office is located; and
d. The states in which the licensee holds a real estate brokerage license.
1.24(5) A firm using any Internet electronic communication, including
but not limited to E-mail, E-mail discussion groups, and bulletin boards, must
include on the first or last page of all communications the following data:
a. The firm's license number and name as registered with the commission
(abbreviations are not permitted);
b. The city and state in which the firm's main office is located; and
c. The states in which the firm holds a real estate brokerage license.
1.24(6) A licensee using any Internet electronic communication,
including but not limited to E-mail, E-mail discussion groups, and bulletin
boards, must include on the first or last page of all communications the
following data:
a. The licensee's name and license number;
b. The name of the firm with which the licensee is affiliated as that firm name
is registered with the commission (abbreviations are not permitted);
c. The city and state in which the licensee's office is located; and
d. The states in which the licensee holds a real estate brokerage license.
ITEM 3. Adopt the following new chapter:
CHAPTER 8
WAIVERS OR VARIANCES FROM RULES
193E--8.1(543B) Applicability. This chapter governs waivers or
variances from commission rules in the following circumstances: The commission
has the exclusive authority to promulgate the rule from which waiver or
variance is requested or has final decision-making authority over a contested
case in which waiver or variance is requested; and no statute or rule otherwise
controls the granting of a waiver or variance from the rule for which the
waiver or variance is requested.
8.1(1) Commission's authority. The commission may grant a waiver of,
or variance from, all or part of a rule, upon the criteria described in rule
8.2(543B).
8.1(2) Compliance with statute. No waiver or variance may be granted
from a requirement which is imposed by statute. Any waiver or variance must be
consistent with statute.
193E--8.2(543B) Criteria. A waiver or variance under this chapter may
be granted only upon a showing that:
1. Substantially equal protection of health and safety will be afforded by a
means other than that prescribed in the particular rule for which the variance
or waiver is requested;
2. The waiver or variance will not harm other persons and will not adversely
affect the public interest;
3. Because of special circumstances, either the requester is unable to comply
with the particular rule without undue hardship or compliance with the
particular rule would be unnecessarily and unreasonably costly and serve no
public benefit; and
4. Provision of a waiver or variance under the circumstances would not
adversely impact an overall goal of uniform treatment of all licensees.
193E--8.3(543B) Request. A request for a waiver or variance must be
submitted in writing to the commission as follows:
8.3(1) License application. If the request relates to an application
for a license, the request shall be made in accordance with the filing
requirements for the license in question.
8.3(2) Contested case. If the request relates to a pending contested
case, the request shall be filed in the contested case proceeding.
8.3(3) Other. If the request does not relate to a particular license
and is not related to a pending contested case, the request may be submitted to
the commission's executive secretary.
193E--8.4(543B) Elements. A request for a waiver or variance shall
include the following information where applicable:
1. The name, address, and telephone number of the person requesting the waiver
or variance and the person's representative, if any.
2. The specific rule from which a waiver or variance is requested.
3. The nature of the waiver or variance requested, including any alternative
means or other proposed condition or modification proposed to achieve the
purpose of the rule.
4. An explanation of the reason for requesting the waiver or variance,
including all material facts relevant to granting of the waiver or variance in
question.
5. A description of any prior contact between the commission and the requester
relating to the regulated activity or license affected by the proposed waiver
or variance, including a description of each affected license held by the
requester, any notices of violation, contested case hearings, or investigative
reports relating to the regulated activity or license within the last five
years.
6. The name, address, and telephone number of any public agency or political
subdivision which also regulates the activity in question or which might be
affected by the granting of a waiver or variance.
7. Any information known to the requester regarding the commission's treatment
of similar cases.
8. The name, address, and telephone number of any person with knowledge of the
relevant facts relating to the proposed waiver or variance.
9. Any necessary releases of information authorizing persons with knowledge to
disclose relevant information to the commission.
193E--8.5(543B) Ruling. The commission shall respond in writing to all
requests. The ruling shall include the reason for granting or denying the
request and, if approved, the time period during which the waiver or variance
is effective. The commission may condition the granting of the waiver or
variance on such reasonable conditions as appropriate to achieve the objectives
of the particular rule in question through alternative means.
193E--8.6(543B) Public availability. All final rulings in response to
requests for waivers or variances shall be indexed and available to members of
the public at the commission office.
193E--8.7(543B) Voiding or cancellation. A waiver or variance is void
if the material facts upon which the request is based are not true or if
material facts have been withheld. The commission may at any time cancel a
waiver or variance upon appropriate notice and hearing if the commission finds
that the facts as stated in the request are not true, material facts have been
withheld, the alternative means of compliance provided in the waiver or
variance has failed to achieve the objectives of the statute, or the requester
has failed to comply with conditions set forth in the waiver or variance
approval.
193E--8.8(543B) Violations. Violation of conditions in the waiver or
variance approval is the equivalent of violation of the particular rule for
which the waiver or variance is granted and is subject to the same remedies or
penalties.
193E--8.9(543B) Appeals. Any request for an appeal from a decision
granting or denying a waiver or variance shall be in accordance with the
procedures provided in Iowa Code chapter 17A and rules of the real estate
commission. An appeal shall be taken within 30 days of the issuance of the
ruling in response to the request unless a contrary time is provided by rule or
statute.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 543B.
ARC 8244A
SECRETARY OF STATE[721]
Notice of Termination
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 17A.3(1)"b," the Secretary of
State terminates the rule making initiated by its Notice of Intended Action
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on May 20, 1998, as ARC
8022A, amending Chapter 21, "Election Forms and Instructions," Iowa
Administrative Code.
The purpose of proposed subrule 21.200(5) was to provide interested people with
an opportunity to review the summary to be printed on the ballot for the
proposed constitutional amendment that will be voted upon at the November 3,
1998, General Election. The period for comments has passed. A public hearing
was held on June 8, 1998. However, no one attended the hearing and no comments
were received. The Secretary of State finds no further need to proceed with
rule making for ARC 8022A.
ARC 8243A
SECRETARY OF STATE[721]
Notice of Termination
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 17A.3(1)"b," the Secretary of
State terminates the rule making initiated by its Notice of Intended Action
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on May 20, 1998, as ARC
8020A, amending Chapter 21, "Election Forms and Instructions," Iowa
Administrative Code.
The purpose of proposed rule 721--21.803(77GA, HF2282) was to provide uniform
procedures for counties and schools in conducting local sales and services tax
elections. This rule was simultaneously Adopted and Filed Emergency as ARC
8023A. The period for comments has passed. A public hearing was held on
June 9, 1998. However, no one attended the hearing and no comments were
received. The Secretary of State finds no further need to proceed with rule
making for ARC 8020A.
FILED EMERGENCY
ARC 8246A
DENTAL EXAMINERS BOARD[650]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the Iowa Board of Dental
Examiners hereby amends Chapter 29, "Deep Sedation/General Anesthesia,
Conscious Sedation and Nitrous Oxide Inhalation Analgesia," Iowa Administrative
Code.
At its June 9, 1998, meeting, the Administrative Rules Review Committee voted
to delay the effective date of subrules 29.6(4) to 29.6(6) for 70 days beyond
the scheduled effective date of June 24, 1998. These subrules, Adopted and
Filed and published in the May 20, 1998, Iowa Administrative Bulletin, as
ARC 8014A, relate to the monitoring of nitrous oxide inhalation
analgesia.
The Board is rescinding these subrules in compliance with Iowa Code section
17A.4(2) as the Board finds that public notice and participation are
unnecessary because this action is taken in response to public comment.
The Board also finds, pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.5(2)"b"(2), that the
normal effective date of the amendment should be waived and this amendment
should be made effective upon filing, as it confers a benefit on the public by
allowing further public debate on this issue.
This amendment became effective on July 24, 1998.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 153.33 and 153.34.
The following amendment is adopted.
Rescind subrules 29.6(4) to 29.6(6).
[Filed Emergency 7/24/98, effective 7/24/98]
[Published 8/12/98]
EDITOR'S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/12/98.
ARC 8239A
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION COMMISSION[567]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 455B.263, 455B.268, 455B.278,
and Iowa Code Supplement chapter 455I, the Environmental Protection Com-mission
hereby amends Chapter 50, "Scope of Division--Definitions--Forms--Rules of
Practice," and Chapter 52, "Criteria and Conditions for Authorizing Withdrawal,
Diversion, and Storage of Water," Iowa Administrative Code.
In December 1997, the Commission adopted amendments to Chapters 50, 51, and 52
that implemented a program to regulate agricultural drainage wells (ADWs).
Among other provisions, the amendments provided that surface water intakes for
ADWs would have to be removed and the cisterns sealed by December 31, 1998, as
required by Iowa Code section 455I.2. The adopted amendments also provide that
ADWs can continue to be used if a permit is obtained from the Department of
Natural Resources. Permit applications for the continuing use of ADWs were to
have been submitted by July 1, 1998.
The 1998 General Assembly extended the December 31, 1998, deadline by three
years to December 31, 2001, in 1998 Iowa Acts, House File 2136. Accordingly,
the Commission has adopted amendments to:
* Extend the date for closure of surface intakes and sealing cisterns to
December 31, 2001; and
* Extend the date for submittal of permit applications to July 1, 1999.
At the time the Commission adopted the amendments implementing the ADW program,
it was envisioned that permits for the continuing use of drainage wells would
contain conditions requiring that surface water inlets be removed and the
cisterns sealed by December 31, 1998. To provide time to process the permit
applications, it was necessary to impose an application deadline of July 1,
1998. With the passage of 1998 Iowa Acts, House File 2136, the tight time
frame necessary for application submittal is no longer necessary, and the
Commission feels the extension of the application deadline will allow ADW
owners more time to submit the necessary application information without
compromising the intent of the ADW program.
In compliance with Iowa Code section 17A.4(2), the Commission finds that notice
and public participation are unnecessary because the amendments reflect changes
in statute. The other substantive portions of the program to regulate ADWs are
not being changed.
The Commission also finds, pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.5(2)"b"(1) and
(2), that the normal effective date of the amendments should be waived and
these amendments made effective upon filing as the amendments reflect statutory
change and confer a benefit upon ADW owners.
These amendments became effective on July 24, 1998.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 455B, division
III, part 4, and Iowa Code Supplement section 455I.2 as amended by 1998 Iowa
Acts, House File 2136.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend paragraph 50.4(1)"b" as follows:
b. Application for diversion of water related to the use of an agricultural
drainage well. An application for the diversion of water and any other
materials to an aquifer related to the use of an agricultural drainage well
shall be made on a form obtained from the department and be submitted by or on
behalf of such owners, lessees, easement holders, or option holders of all
lands within the agricultural drainage well area. If the agricultural drainage
well is part of a legally organized drainage district, the drainage district
shall be a joint applicant. Applications for permits for diversions related to
the use of an agricultural drainage well that existed prior to February 18,
1998, shall be made by July 1, 1998 1999, with the
exception of agricultural drainage wells that must be closed to comply with the
provisions of 1997 Iowa Acts, Senate File 473. An application will not have to
be filed for wells in a designated agricultural drainage well area which must
be closed by December 31, 1999. In addition, the department may grant up to
an 18-month a six-month delay in the application date
for owners of agricultural drainage wells where it can be shown there is a
reasonable expectation that the agricultural drainage well will be voluntarily
closed by December 31, 1999.
ITEM 2. Amend paragraph 52.21(2)"a" as follows:
a. Surface water intakes. All surface water intakes shall be removed by
December 31, 1998 2001. Additional tile lines may be
added to compensate for removal of surface water intakes provided the
replacement tile does not increase the size of the agricultural drainage well
area. Replacement tiles shall generally conform with the Natural Resources
Conservation Services Tile Intake Replacement Interim Standard 980.
ITEM 3. Amend paragraph 52.21(2)"b" as follows:
b. Cisterns. Cisterns shall be sealed or otherwise modified as necessary by
December 31, 1998 2001, to prevent direct entry of
surface water. Compliance with the Natural Resources Conservation Services
Wellhead Protection Interim Standard 981 will be considered as complying with
this condition. Alternatives to the interim standard may be allowed with
department approval.
[Filed Emergency 7/24/98, effective 7/24/98]
[Published 8/12/98]
EDITOR'S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/12/98.
ARC 8220A
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed Emergency After Notice
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code Supplement subsection 239B.4(3), the
Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 93, "PROMISE JOBS Program,"
appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
The Council on Human Services adopted this amendment July 14, 1998. Notice of
Intended Action regarding this amendment was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on June 3, 1998, as ARC 8034A.
This amendment allows PROMISE JOBS to make payment to nonregistered child care
providers while awaiting the results of the child abuse and criminal records
checks. Payment will be made only to providers who declare that they have no
criminal conviction and no founded child abuse history and who agree to allow
the Department to check for child abuse and criminal records.
This amendment is promulgated in conjunction with an amendment to 441--Chapter
170 which has been adopted. (See ARC 8041A in the June 3, 1998, Iowa
Administrative Bulletin.) The changes to 441--Chapter 170 implement
legislation passed in 1997 that requires all nonregistered child care providers
and any individual living in the home of the provider to be checked for
criminal and founded child abuse records to be eligible to receive public funds
for providing child care. This amendment refers to the amendment to
441--Chapter 170 as that amendment applies to PROMISE JOBS providers as
well.
PROMISE JOBS will discontinue payments upon notification of an existing child
abuse or criminal record. Payments made to providers who are not eligible to
receive public funds due to a criminal conviction or a founded child abuse
record are subject to recoupment.
PROMISE JOBS will require the record checks for all new child care provider
arrangements. For participants who are currently in a PROMISE JOBS component
with child care arrangements that were approved prior to the effective date of
this amendment, PROMISE JOBS will initiate therecord checks within a year.
The purpose of the PROMISE JOBS program is to provide FIP participants with
employment and training opportunities to allow them to move toward
self-sufficiency. Current rules require PROMISE JOBS to provide payment for
child care services when child care is needed for participation in certain
employment and training activities. This amendment allows PROMISE JOBS to
continue to engage FIP participants in employment and training activities as
soon as possible. Employment and training activities may otherwise be delayed
while awaiting the results of a child care provider's criminal and child abuse
records check.
Many PROMISE JOBS participants choose providers who are not licensed or
registered. It is anticipated that a very small number of PROMISE JOBS child
care providers will be found ineligible to continue to receive PROMISE JOBS
payments.
There is a crucial need to engage FIP participants in work and training
activities as soon as possible as persons can only receive FIP for five years
in a lifetime. Additionally, in order for Iowa to receive the highest level of
TANF funding, Iowa must achieve certain work participation rates. It is
believed that delays caused by the completion of the records checks will impact
both of these.
PROMISE JOBS and the participant currently discuss child care arrangements when
negotiating the Family Investment Agreement. Therefore, PROMISE JOBS has the
opportunity to educate participants about the eligibility criteria for child
care providers and to assist participants in findinga suitable child care
provider who is eligible to receive PROMISE JOBS funds and who is legally able
to provide child care in this state.
The Department of Human Services finds that this amendment confers a benefit on
PROMISE JOBS applicants and recipients by allowing them to be engaged in work
and training activities as soon as possible as persons can only get Family
Investment Program benefits for a maximum of five years in a lifetime.
Therefore, this amendment is filed pursuant to Iowa Code section
17A.5(2)"b"(2).
This amendment is identical to that published under Notice of Intended
Action.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code Supplement sections 239B.17
to 239B.22 and subsection 237A.5(6).
This amendment became effective August 1, 1998.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend subrule 93.110(1) by adopting the following new
paragraph "e":
e. Payment shall not be made to nonregistered providers who are not eligible to
receive public funds as described in 441--paragraph 170.4(3)"h," unless the
nonregistered provider attests that the provider is eligible to receive public
funds on Form 470-3496, Nonregistered Child Care Provider Application, and
authorizes the department to check for founded child abuse and criminal
convictions as described in 441--paragraph 170.4(3)"h." Payment shall cease
upon notification that a founded child abuse or criminal conviction exists and
shall not resume again until the provider hasbeen determined approvable under
the provisions of 441--paragraph 170.4(3)"h." Payments made to providers who
falsely attest to their eligibility as a child care provider on Form 470-3496
are subject to recovery as described in rule 441--93.151(249C).
For participants who are active in a PROMISE JOBS component with child care
arrangements that were approved before August 1, 1998, PROMISE JOBS shall apply
the provisions in the preceding paragraph and those described in 441--paragraph
170.4(3)"h" within the 12-month period ending July 31, 1999.
[Filed Emergency After Notice 7/15/98, effective 8/1/98]
[Published 8/12/98]
EDITOR'S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/12/98.
FILED
ARC 8245A
AGRICULTURE AND LAND STEWARDSHIP DEPARTMENT[21]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 159.5 and 198.10, the Iowa
Department of Agriculture and Land Stewardship hereby rescinds Chapter 41,
"Commercial Feed," and Chapter 42, "Pet Food," Iowa Administrative Code, and
adopts Chapters 41 and 42 with the same titles.
These chapters regulate commercial feed and pet food.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the June 3, 1998, Iowa
Administrative Bulletin as ARC 8045A. No public comment was received.
The adopted chapters are identical to those published under Notice with the
exception of a technical revision in subrule 41.4(5). The word "percent" is
replaced with the symbol "%" to clarify proper product label format.
These rules will become effective on September 16, 1998.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 198.
EDITOR'S NOTE: Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review
Committee published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986,
the text of these rules [Chs 41, 42] is being omitted. With the exception of
the changes noted above, these rules are identical to those published under
Notice as ARC 8045A, IAB 6/3/98.
[Filed 7/24/98, effective 9/16/98]
[Published 8/12/98]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/12/98.]
ARC 8224A
AGRICULTURE AND LAND STEWARDSHIP DEPARTMENT[21]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 159.5(11), 159.6(2), and
163.1(1), the Iowa Department of Agriculture and Land Stewardship hereby amends
Chapter 64, "Infectious and Contagious Diseases," Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments implement 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2371, effective July 1,
1998, and include the following: (1) change some identification requirements,
(2) provide for changes in the restricted movement of animals from herds on
cleanup and from herds delinquent in testing, (3) state the health requirements
for relocating swine, (4) change vaccination requirements for certain imported
feeder swine, (5) provide changes in maintaining qualified negative herd
status, (6) change some requirements for herd cleanup plans, and (7) change
some identification requirements for "coop-erator pigs."
A public hearing was held on July 7, 1998, from 10 a.m. to 12 noon in the
Second Floor Conference Room, Wallace State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa.
No comments were received at that time; however, two comments were received by
mail. One comment suggested that language in 64.154(2), paragraph "c," could
be misunderstood. Some original language was reinstated to improve the
meaning. Another comment that vehicle seals should only be removed by
accredited people would maintain a problem that needs correction and will not
be reinstated.
These amendments are identical to the Notice of Intended Action, ARC
8092A, published in the June 17, 1998, Iowa Administrative Bulletin, except
in Item 2 the word "restricted" is reinstated in the sentence defining which
swine shall be identified or shipped to slaughter in a sealed vehicle.
These amendments will become effective September 16, 1998.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 166D as amended by
1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2371.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 64.154(1) as follows:
64.154(1) All breeding and feeder swine being exhibited or having a
change of ownership or possession, whether by sale, lease, loan, gift,
barter, or foreclosure, must be identified by a method approved by the
Iowa department of agriculture and land stewardship. The identification shall
be applied by the owner, the pig dealer, or the livestock dealer at the farm of
origin or by the pig dealer or the livestock dealer at the first concentration
point.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 64.154(2), paragraph "c," as follows:
c. Restricted movement slaughter swine. When the department determines that a
majority of herds within a program area have been tested, all herds not tested
within 12 months and all infected herds not on an approved herd cleanup
plan shall only move swine directly to slaughter. The department may, until a
herd plan is approved and showing progress, require the movement of all
slaughter swine by "direct movement," to slaughter only, by a Permit for
Restricted Movement of Animals to Slaughter
which provides a description of the animals, the owner, the consignee, the date
of movement, the destination, and the identification or vehicle seal
number if applicable. These "restricted movement to slaughter
only swine" shall be individually identified by approved metal ear tags
applied at the farm of origin. The identification requirement is waived if the
consignment of swine is sealed within the transport vehicle at the farm of
origin by an official seal available from the department. This seal shall be
applied by an accredited veterinarian. This seal shall be removed by an
accredited veterinarian, USDA official, or department
official, or the person purchasing the swine upon arrival of the
consignment at the destination indicated on the Permit for Restricted
Movement of Animals to Slaughter.
The ear tags shall have an alphabetic or numeric numbering system to provide
unique identification with each herd, each lot, or each individual swine. They
shall be applied prior to movement and listed on the Permit for
Restricted Movement of Animals to Slaughter.
This Permit for Restricted Movement of Animals to
Slaughter shall be issued and distributed by an accredited
veterinarian as follows:
1. Original to accompany shipment.
2. Mail a copy to destination of shipment.
3. Mail a copy to state of destination (USDA VS office).
4 2.Mail a copy to state of origin
(USDA VS office) the department.
5 3. Veterinarian issuing permit will retain a copy.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 64.154(4), paragraph "a," as follows:
a. Native Iowa feeder pigs sold and moved farm-to-farm within the state
are exempt from identification requirements if the owner transferring
possession and the person taking possession agree in writing that the feeder
pigs will not be commingled with other swine for a period of 30 days. The
owner transferring possession shall provide a copy of the agreement to the
person taking possession of the feeder pigs.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 64.154(5), introductory paragraph, as follows:
64.154(5) Swine being relocated intrastate without a change of
ownership are exempt from health certification, identification requirements,
and transportation certification, except as required by Iowa
Code chapter 172B, and provided relocation records sufficient
to determine the origin, the current pseudorabies status of the herd of
origin, the number relocated, the date relocated, and destination of the
relocated swine are available for inspection.
ITEM 5. Amend subrule 64.155(4) as follows:
64.155(4) A Farm-to-Farm Certificate of Veterinary Inspection,
a transportation certificate according to Iowa Code chapter
172B, or an Intrastate Certificate of Veterinary Inspection shall be
used for moving identification-exempt native Iowa feeder pigs farm-to-farm
according to 64.154(4)"b." Feeder swine purchased for resale by a pig dealer
must be identified and accompanied by a Certificate of Inspection.
ITEM 6. Amend subrule 64.155(5), paragraph "d," as
follows:
d. Beginning January 1, 1998, all imported feeder swine, except those from
qualified negative herds entering qualified negative herds, must be
vaccinated for pseudorabies with a G1 deleted vaccine within 45 days of arrival
if imported into a county with a pseudorabies prevalence greater than 3
percent. This requirement must be stated on the import interstate certificate.
Imported swine consigned directly to slaughter are exempt from vaccination
requirements.
ITEM 7. Amend subrule 64.156(1), paragraph "a," as
follows:
a. Recertification of a qualified pseudorabies negative herd and a qualified
differential negative herd will include quarterly or
shall be by monthly testing, as detailed in Iowa Code chapter 166
D section 166D.7(1)"a." A minimum of 14 breeding swine
must be tested each quarter, unless total numbers of breeding swine in the herd
are less than 14; then test all breeding swine.
ITEM 8. Amend subrule 64.157(2), paragraph "c," subparagraph
(7), as follows:
(7) All new and updated cleanup plans shall be designed to complete herd
cleanup in less than two years or before January 1, 2000.
After Beginning January 1, 1999, all infected herds,
with breeding swine, shall implement a test and removal herd cleanup plan
with all positive swine moved direct to slaughter; all
infected "finisher only"swine herds shall operate on an all-in-all-out herd
management program direct to slaughter; and all which shall include
the following:
1. All herd boars must be tested every three months.
2. All breeding sows shall be tested postbreeding prior to weaning.
3. All breeding swine must be identified by an approved ear tag at the time
of blood collection.
4. All seropositive swine must be removed from the herd, direct to
slaughter, within 15 days after weaning or blood collection.
5. Seropositive swine must be removed from the herd direct to a buying
station or a slaughtering establishment.
6. A test and removal herd plan shall be in effect until the herd is
determined to be noninfected.
All swine movement from infected herds may be by "restricted
movement to slaughter" must be directly to slaughter
according to 64.154(2)"c," unless exempted by the
a "feeder pig cooperator" plan.
When this herd is designated a noninfected herd, or has been depopulated, by
procedures detailed in Iowa Code section 166D.9, the plan is completed.
ITEM 9. Amend subrule 64.158(2), numbered paragraphs "1" and
"7," as follows.
1. The herd has not experienced clinical signs of pseudorabies within the
previous six months 30 days.
7. All feeder pigs must be tagged identified prior to
sale or movement with an official pink feeder pig ear tag,
or a tattoo, approved by the department, beginning with the letters PR.
The producer shall obtain a health certificate (which must include a permit
number from the department) from the herd veterinarian prior to movement from
premises of origin and said health certificate shall accompany each shipment.
All feeder pigs are quarantined to farm of destination until sold to
slaughter.
[Filed 7/22/98, effective 9/16/98]
[Published 8/12/97]
EDITOR'S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/12/98.
ARC 8234A
ARCHITECTURAL EXAMINING BOARD[193B]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 544A.29, the Iowa Architectural
Examining Board hereby amends Chapter 4, "Rules of Conduct," and adopts Chapter
9, "Waivers or Variances from Rules," Iowa Administrative Code.
The amendment to Chapter 4 allows the board to take disciplinary action against
a registrant for failure to respond to board communication. New Chapter 9
allows the board to consider a waiver or variance from administrative rules,
provides registrants with the procedures necessary to request a waiver or
variance and outlines the board's responsibilities when a request is
submitted.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on
May 20, 1998, as ARC 8011A. The amendments are unchanged from
those published under Notice of Intended Action.
The amendments were adopted by the Architectural Examining Board on July 14,
1998.
The amendments will become effective September 16, 1998.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 17A and 544A.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Adopt new subrule 4.1(7) as follows:
4.1(7) Communications. An architect shall, when requested,
respond to communications from the board within 30 days of the mailing of such
communication by certified mail. Failure to respond to such communication may
be grounds for disciplinary action against the architect.
ITEM 2. Adopt new 193B--Chapter 9 as follows:
CHAPTER 9
WAIVERS OR VARIANCES FROM RULES
193B--9.1(544A) Applicability. This chapter governs waivers or
variances from board rules in the following circumstances: The board has
exclusive rule-making authority to promulgate the rule from which the waiver or
variance is requested or has final decision-making authority over a contested
case in which the waiver or variance is requested; and no statute or rule
otherwise controls the grant of a waiver or variance from the rule from which
the waiver or variance is requested.
9.1(1) Board's authority. The board may grant a waiver
of, or variance from, all or part of a rule, upon the criteria described in
rule 9.2(544A).
9.1(2) Compliance with statute. No waiver or variance may be
granted from a requirement which is imposed by statute. Any waiver or variance
must be consistent with statute.
193B--9.2(544A) Criteria. A waiver or variance under this chapter may
be granted only upon showing that:
1. Substantially equal protection of health, safety and welfare will be
afforded by a means other than that prescript in the particular rule for which
the variance or waiver is requested;
2. The waiver or variance will not harm other persons or will not adversely
affect the public interest;
3. Because of the circumstances, either the requester is unable to comply with
the particular rule without undue hardship or compliance with the particular
rule would be unnecessarily and unreasonably costly and serve no public
benefit; and
4. Provision of a waiver or variance under the circumstances would not
adversely impact an overall goal of uniform treatment of all licensees.
193B--9.3(544A) Request. A request for a waiver or variance must be
submitted in writing to the board as follows:
9.3(1) License application. If the request relates to a license
application, the request shall be made in accordance with the filing
requirements for the license in question.
9.3(2) Contested case. If the request relates to a pending
contested case, the request shall be filed in the contested case proceeding.
9.3(3) Other. If the request does not relate to a license
application or a pending contested case, the request may be submitted to the
board's executive secretary.
193B--9.4(544A) Elements. A request for waiver or variance shall
include the following information where applicable:
1. The name, address, and telephone number of the person requesting the waiver
or variance and the person's representative, if any.
2. The specific rule from which a waiver or variance is requested.
3. The nature of the waiver or variance requested, including any alternative
means or other proposed condition or modification proposed to achieve the
purpose of the rule.
4. An explanation of the reason for the waiver or variance, including all
material facts relevant to grant the waiver or variance in question.
5. A description of any prior contact between the board and the requester
relating to the regulated activity or license affected by the proposed waiver
or variance, including a description of each affected license held by the
requester, any notices of violation, contested case hearings, or investigative
reports relating to the regulated activity or license within the last five
years.
6. The name, address, and telephone number of any public agency or political
subdivision which also regulates the activity in question or which might be
affected by a grant of waiver or variance.
7. Any information known to the requester regarding the board's treatment of
similar cases.
8. The name, address, and telephone number of any person with knowledge of the
relevant facts relating to the proposed waiver or variance.
9. Any necessary releases of information authorizing persons with knowledge to
disclose relevant information to the board.
193B--9.5(544A) Ruling. The board shall respond in writing to all
requests. The ruling shall include the reason for granting or denying the
request and, if approved, the time period during which the waiver or variance
is effective. The board may condition the grant of waiver or variance on such
reasonable conditions as appropriate to achieve the objectives of the
particular rule in question through alternative means.
193B--9.6(544A) Public availability. All final rulings in response to
requests for waivers or variances shall be indexed and available to members of
the public at the board office.
193B--9.7(544A) Voiding or cancellation. A waiver or variance is void
if the material facts upon which the request is based are not true or if
material facts have been withheld. The board may at any time cancel a waiver
or variance upon appropriate notice and hearing if the board finds that the
facts as stated in the request are not true, material facts have been withheld,
the alternative means of compliance provided in the waiver or variance has
failed to achieve the objectives of the statute, or the requester has failed to
comply with conditions set forth in the waiver or variance approval.
193B--9.8(544A) Violations. Violation of conditions in the waiver or
variance approval is the equivalent of violation of the particular rule for
which the waiver or variance is granted and is subject to the same remedies or
penalties.
193B--9.9(544A) Appeals. Any request for an appeal from a decision
granting or denying a waiver or variance shall be in accordance with the
procedures provided in Iowa Code chapter 17A and this chapter. An appeal shall
be taken within 30 days of the issuance of the ruling in response to the
request unless a contrary time is provided by rule or statute.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 544A.
[Filed 7/24/98, effective 9/16/98]
[Published 8/12/98]
EDITOR'S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/12/98.
ARC 8242A
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS BOARD[282]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 272.2, the Board of Educational
Examiners hereby amends Chapter 14, "Issuance of Practitioner's Licenses and
Endorsements," Iowa Administrative Code.
The amendments increase the fees for the issuance and renewal of licenses,
authorizations, and statements of professional recognition; for duplicate
licenses, authorizations and statements of professional recognition; for
one-year emergency licenses; and for evaluation. The fee for endorsements
added to a license after initial issuance remains the same.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on
June 3, 1998, as ARC 8066A. A public hearing was held on June 25, 1998.
No one appeared at the public hearing. Two written comments were received.
The Board voted on July 15, 1998, to adopt these amendments. The amendments
remain the same as those published under Notice of Intended Action.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 272.
These amendments will become effective on September 16, 1998.
The following amendments are adopted.
Amend rule 282--14.30(272) as follows:
282--14.30(272) Licensure and authorization fee.
14.30(1) Issuance and renewal of licenses, authorizations, and
statements of professional recognition. The fee for the issuance of each
initial practitioner's license, the evaluator license, the statement of
professional recognition, and the coaching authorization and the renewal of
each license, evaluator approval license, statement of professional
recognition, and coaching authorization shall be $25
$50.
14.30(2) Adding endorsements. The fee for the addition of each
endorsement to a license, following the issuance of the initial license and
endorsement(s), shall be $25.
14.30(3) Duplicate licenses, authorizations, and statements of
professional recognition. The fee for the issuance of a duplicate
practitioner's license, evaluator license or coaching authorization shall be
$5 $10.
14.30(4) Evaluation fee. Each application from an out-of-state
institution for initial licensure shall include, in addition to the basic fee
for the issuance of a license, a one-time nonrefundable $25
$50 evaluation fee.
Each application or request for a statement of professional recognition shall
include a one-time nonrefundable $25 $50 evaluation
fee.
14.30(5) One-year emergency license. The fee for the issuance of a
one-year emergency license based on an expired conditional license or an
expired administrative decision license shall be $50
$100.
[Filed 7/24/98, effective 9/16/98]
[Published 8/12/98]
EDITOR'S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/12/98.
ARC 8240A
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION COMMISSION[567]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 455B.304, subsection 17, the
Environmental Protection Commission hereby amends Chapter 103, "Sanitary
Landfills," Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment adds a rule pertaining to the design and operation of a landfill
only for the disposal of coal combustion residue.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on
May 20, 1998, as ARC 8026A. In response to comments received, the
following changes were made:
1. Language was added to the introductory paragraph of rule 103.7(455B) to
provide for variance provisions which apply to this rule.
2. Language was added to paragraph 103.7(1)"b" to allow a lesser separation
distance for a landfill when there is a recorded, written agreement with the
property owner.
3. Language was added to paragraph 103.7(2)"e" to clarify the number of soil
borings needed for a hydrogeologic investigation at a landfill.
4. Language was added to paragraph 103.7(2)"f" to clarify the number of
groundwater samples to be collected during a hydrogeological investigation, the
type of analysis and the method of collection.
5. New subparagraph 103.7(4)"a"(5) allows the beneficial reuse of coal
combustion residue to be addressed in the operation plan.
6. Language was added to paragraph 103.7(4)"d" to clarify the sampling
requirements for monitoring wells, to address the parameters to be analyzed
during the annual monitoring and to add conditions under which the Department
may require additional groundwater monitoring or a groundwater quality
assessment at a landfill.
7. A requirement for the final site contours and final cover design to be
included in the postclosure plan was added to paragraph 103.7(5)"a."
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section 455B.304.
This amendment will become effective September 16, 1998.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend 567--Chapter 103 by adding the following new
rule:
567--103.7(455B) Coal combustion residue landfills. The following are
the minimum requirements for siting, designing, and operating a solid waste
landfill accepting only coal combustion residue. This rule stands alone and is
not affected by references in other rules, except for the variance provision in
567--101.2(455B). "Coal combustion residue" means any solid waste produced by
the burning of coal, either by itself or in conjunction with natural gas or
other carbon-based fuels. It includes, but is not limited to, bottom ash, fly
ash, slag and flue gas desulfurization system material generated by coal
combustion and associated air pollution control equipment.
103.7(1) Site requirements.
a. The site cannot be a wetland, cannot be within a 100-year flood plain and
cannot have any sinkholes or similar karst features.
b. No wastes shall be deposited within 300 feet of an inhabitable residence or
a commercial enterprise, unless there is a written agreement with the property
owner(s) allowing a lesser distance, or within 50 feet of the property
boundary. The written agreement shall be filed with the county recorder for
abstract of title purposes and a copy shall be submitted to the department.
c. All waste must be a minimum of 5 feet above the high groundwater table.
103.7(2) Permit application requirements. The application for a permit
shall include the following:
a. A completed application Form 50.542-1542.
b. A copy of the letter from the waste management assistance division approving
the comprehensive plan required by 567--101.5(455B).
c. Proof of legal entitlement to use the property as proposed.
d. A topographic map of the site and the adjacent area within 300 feet of the
site, with contour intervals not exceeding 10 feet, that shows the location of
existing improvements or alterations such as structures, wells, lakes, roads,
drain tiles or similar items. The highest point of elevation on the site shall
also be identified and given.
e. The results of a minimum of three soil borings for sites of ten acres or
less with one additional boring for each additional three acres to determine
the hydrogeologic conditions and establish the direction of groundwater flow
throughout the site and the minimum depth to groundwater on the site.
f. An adequate number of representative groundwater sample results, minimum of
three locations with one sample from each location, to fully characterize the
groundwater quality at the site. The following are the analytical parameters
that are required to characterize groundwater quality and establish a baseline
for those parameters: arsenic, barium, beryllium, cobalt, copper, iron, lead,
magnesium, manganese, selenium, zinc, chlorides, and sulfate. The analysis
shall be for dissolved metals with filtering in the field.
g. Construction drawings and specifications of the improvements and alterations
that are to take place on the site such as roads, structures, utilities,
drainage ways, gates and fences.
h. A copy of the local siting approval required by Iowa Code section
455B.305A.
103.7(3) Design criteria.
a. The design of a coal combustion residue solid waste landfill shall contain a
method for ensuring protection of the groundwater and surface water.
b. The design plan shall include a method of ash transportation that prevents
blowing ash and a method for preventing blowing dust and air emissions when
unloading the ash.
c. Surface runoff must be diverted from all active or closed areas, both during
the active life of the facility and during the postclosure period.
d. The site must be secured with a fence and gate(s) to prevent unauthorized
entry when unattended.
e. The site must have all-weather access roads adequate to accommodate all
delivery vehicles and operating equipment.
f. The site must be fenced and gated in a manner that will prevent unauthorized
deposition of wastes at the site.
103.7(4) Operating requirements.
a. An operation plan shall be prepared and submitted to the appropriate
department field office prior to initiating operations. The plan, at a
minimum, shall include:
(1) An identification of the area to be filled during the period for which a
permit is being requested.
(2) The method(s) that will be utilized to prevent illicit municipal or
putrescible solid wastes from being deposited as a result of mixing with
authorized waste brought to the site.
(3) The frequency, extent and method of spreading and compacting the waste; the
optimum layer thickness; and the size and slope of the operating face.
(4) A description of the operating procedures that will be followed when wastes
are brought to the site.
(5) If removal of waste from the landfill for beneficial reuse is intended,
that activity should be addressed in the original operation plan. If the
permitholder decides to remove waste after completion of the original operation
plan, the plan must be amended prior to removing any waste.
b. After the waste is deposited, it must be treated as necessary to control
fugitive dust that would leave the site and to control erosion that would
impact operations in the active fill area. If the methods used do not
adequately control dust and erosion, the department may require site-specific
controls including a soil cover.
c. A minimum of one down gradient monitoring well must be installed within one
year of initiating operations. Additional wells may be required when it is
apparent that more than one potential contaminant pathway exists. Monitoring
wells will normally be placed within 50 feet of the waste boundary.
d. Quarterly sampling of all monitoring wells and analysis for the parameters
specified in paragraph 103.7(2)"f" shall commence within one year of initiating
operations for the purpose of establishing the average baseline concentrations
for each well. Annual sampling of all monitoring wells for the parameters
specified in paragraph 103.7(2)"f" shall commence within one year of completing
the quarterly baseline monitoring. Additional sampling or a site assessment
may be required by the department when there is an exceed-ance of any primary
or secondary Maximum Contaminant Level (MCL) or the Health Advisory Level (HAL)
of the Drinking Water Standards and Health Advisories of the federal
Environmental Protection Agency. When an MCL or HAL does not exist for a
parameter and a sample analysis exceeds the average value for that parameter
for the most recent two years of data, the department will require the
collection and analysis of a sample for three consecutive months. If the
average result of those sample analyses equals or exceeds the value that
required the monthly samples to be collected, the department may require a site
assessment.
e. A report of the groundwater monitoring results shall be submitted to the
department by the end of the first year's operation and annually thereafter.
103.7(5) Closure/postclosure requirements.
a. One hundred eighty days prior to closure, the owner/operator shall submit a
postclosure plan to the department. The plan shall list the date of closure,
the actions that will be taken to close the site, the final site contours and
final cover design, and the parties responsible for postclosure maintenance.
b. The final cover shall consist of not less than two feet of compacted soil
and one foot of uncompacted soil capable of sustaining a growth of common
grasses.
c. The slope of the landfill area after final closure shall be not less than 3
percent nor more than 25 percent.
d. A growth of common grasses shall be established on the final cover by the
end of the first full growing season.
e. A minimum of one sample from each monitoring well shall be collected
annually during the postclosure period and analyzed for the parameters
specified in the permit. The results shall be included in the annual
report.
f. After closure, an annual inspection of the site shall be conducted. Any
differential settling, surface cracks, holes, erosion channels, or any
interference with surface drainage shall be corrected by restoration to the
original condition. A report on the findings and corrective actions taken
shall be included in the annual report. These postclosure actions are required
for a minimum of ten years following closure. The department may extend the
monitoring and reporting period if it appears that continued maintenance and
monitoring are warranted.
103.7(6) Permit renewal. The term for a permit to operate a solid
waste landfill accepting only coal combustion residue waste shall be ten years,
and the permit shall be renewable for a similar term.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 455B.304.
[Filed 7/24/98, effective 9/16/98]
[Published 8/12/98]
EDITOR'S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/12/98.
ARC 8217A
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249A.4, the Department of Human
Services hereby amends Chapter 75, "Conditions of Eligibility," appearing in
the Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments combine two Notices of Intended Action. The Council on Human
Services adopted these amendments on July 14, 1998. Notices of Intended Action
regarding these amendments were published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin
on June 3, 1998, as ARC 8032A and ARC 8033A.
Transitional Medicaid is available for a period of up to 12 additional months
to families who are canceled from the family medical assistance program (FMAP)
because of increased earnings of the specified relative in the eligible
group.
The amendment noticed as ARC 8032A revises policy governing the
Transitional Medicaid program to allow a child born after the FMAP is
terminated or a child or parent who returns home after the FMAP benefits are
terminated to be included in the eligible Medicaid group for the extended
benefits. Under current policy it is necessary to establish a separate
Medicaid case for those individuals not in the eligible group at the time the
family is determined to be ineligible. This will simplify Medicaid policy and
is made possible by a revised policy interpretation from the Health Care
Financing Administration.
The amendment noticed as ARC 8033A implements procedures for payment of
the home health portion of the Medicare Part B premium to Home Health Specified
Low-Income Medicare Beneficiary (HH-SLMB) clients.
The Health Care Financing Administration (HCFA) will not buy-in for the HH-SLMB
clients. Therefore, the states must issue payment to the client for the home
health portion of the Medicare Part B premium. The current monthly amount of
the home health portion of the Medicare Part B premium is $1.07, or $12.84
annually. This amendment provides for an annual retroactive payment on April 1
of each year, beginning in 1999.
If the client does not have a checking account for depositing the check, the
client will have a cost of $1 to $5 for cashing the check at a grocery store or
bank. The Department's estimated cost for mailing the check to the client,
including system changes is $17.55 per client. Issuing a check retroactively
allows the department to determine that the client was not eligible for any
other Medicaid benefits. Therefore, it is beneficial to the client and to the
department to issue a check on an annual basis and retroactively.
Clients who apply in January, February, or March may request retroactive
benefits. Therefore, waiting until April 1 allows the Department to pay all
benefits for the calendar year.
Due to cost to the state in issuing the check and the cost to the client if the
client must pay to cash a check, the alternative of issuing the home health
portion of the Part B premium on a monthly or quarterly basis was rejected.
The alternative to pay the home health portion of the Part B premium
prospectively was rejected because if the client is determined to be eligible
for other Medicaid benefits later, the state is not entitled to claim 100
percent federal financial participation. The federal law states that the
client may not be eligible for any other benefits. By paying retroactively,
the Department can determine that the client did not receive any other benefits
for the calendar year.
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice of Intended
Action.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section 249A.4.
These amendments shall become effective October 1, 1998.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 75.1(31) as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
75.1(31) Persons and families terminated from the family medical
assistance program (FMAP) due to the increased earnings of the specified
relative in the eligible group. Medicaid shall be available for a period of up
to 12 additional months to persons families who are
canceled from FMAP as provided in subrule 75.1(14) because the specified
relative of a dependent child receives increased income from employment.
When the increased earnings of a specified relative who is not included
in the eligible group but whose income is considered in the eligibility
determination create ineligibility, these provisions shall not apply unless
there is also another specified relative included in the eligible group who is
employed.
For the purposes of this subrule, "family" shall mean individuals living in
the household whose needs and income were included in determining the FMAP
eligibility of the household members at the time that the FMAP benefits were
terminated. "Family" also includes those individuals whose needs and income
would be taken into account in determining the FMAP eligibility of household
members if the household were applying in the current month.
Amend paragraph "b" as follows:
b. In order to receive transitional Medicaid coverage under these provisions,
an FMAP recipient family must have received FMAP during
at least three of the six months immediately preceding the month in which
ineligibility occurred.
Rescind and reserve paragraph "e."
Amend paragraph "f" as follows:
f. Transitional Medicaid shall not be allowed under these provisions when it
has been determined that the recipient received FMAP in any of the six months
immediately preceding the month of cancellation as the result of fraud. Fraud
shall be defined in accordance with 1997 Iowa Acts, Senate File 516,
section 15 Iowa Code Supplement section 239B.14.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 75.1(37) as follows:
75.1(37) Home health specified low-income Medicare beneficiaries.
a. Medicaid benefits to cover the cost of the home health portion of the
Medicare Part B premium shall be available to persons who are entitled to
Medicare Part A provided the following conditions are met:
a. (1) The person's monthly income is at least 135
percent of the federal poverty level but is less than 175 percent of the
federal poverty level (as defined by the United States Office of Management and
Budget and revised annually in accordance with Section 673(2) of the Omnibus
Budget Reconciliation Act of 1981) applicable to a family of the size
involved.
b. (2) The person's resources do not exceed twice the
maximum amount of resources that a person may have and obtain benefits under
the Supplemental Security Income (SSI) program.
c. (3) The amount of the income and resources shall be
determined the same as under the SSI program unless the person lives and is
expected to live at least 30 consecutive days in a medical institution and has
a spouse at home. Then the resource determination shall be made according to
subrules 75.5(3) and 75.5(4). Income shall not include any amount of social
security income attributable to the cost-of-living increase through the month
following the month in which the annual revision of the official poverty level
is published.
d. (4) The person is not otherwise eligible for
Medicaid.
e b. The effective date of eligibility shall be as set
forth in rule 441--76.5(249A).
c. Payment of the home health portion of Medicare Part B premium shall be
made retroactively on an annual basis in April of each year for the prior
calendar year.
[Filed 7/15/98, effective 10/1/98]
[Published 8/12/98]
EDITOR'S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/12/98.
ARC 8218A
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249A.4, the Department of Human
Services hereby amends Chapter 81, "Nursing Facilities," appearing in the Iowa
Administrative Code.
This amendment implements revised federal regulations requiring nursing
facilities to electronically transmit the information contained on the resident
assessments to the state. The resident assessment consists of a minimum data
set (MDS) of screening and assessment elements, including common definitions
and coding categories. In addition, this amendment requires that a facility
not release information that is resident-identifiable to the public and sets
penalties for falsification of a resident assessment.
Nursing facilities are currently required to complete a resident assessment on
each resident no later than 14 days after the date of admission, promptly after
a significant change in the resident's physical or mental condition, and no
less often than once every 12 months. In addition, facilities are required to
examine each resident quarterly and revise the resident's assessment as needed
to ensure continued accuracy of the assessment.
This amendment continues to require the nursing facility to complete
assessments no later than 14 days after the date of admission and after
readmissions if there is a significant change in the resident's physical or
mental condition; within 14 days after the facility determines, or should have
determined, that there has been a significant change in the resident's physical
or mental condition; and no less often than once every 12 months. Quarterly
reviews are also required. Facilities are required to maintain all assessments
completed within the previous 15 months in the resident's active record and use
the results to develop, review and revise the resident's comprehensive plan of
care.
Within seven days after the nursing facility completes a resident's assessment,
a facility must enter certain information into a computerized format and be
capable of transmitting each resident's assessment information to the state in
a format that conforms to standard record layouts and data dictionaries and
that passes edits defined by HCFA. At least monthly, facilities shall input
and electronically transmit accurate and complete MDS data for all assessments
conducted during the previous month.
The Health Care Financing Administration (HCFA) published a proposed rule
regarding MDS in the Federal Register on December 28, 1992. A final rule was
published December 23, 1997, containing the requirement that all nursing
facilities across the country begin electronic submission June 22, 1998. HCFA
is planning national aggregation of nursing facility data to be used for
quality control measures and as part of the survey and certification process.
The Iowa Department of Inspections and Appeals will use the data on a state
level to generate reports and monitor facility performance.
The Department contracted with the Iowa Foundation for Medical Care (IFMC) in
state fiscal year 1997 to develop the computer system and in state fiscal year
1998 for facility training and communication, data transmission, and technical
support for ongoing maintenance. The Department of Inspections and Appeals and
the IFMC have completed training nursing facility personnel and facilities
began electronic transmission on June 22, 1998.
This amendment was previously Adopted and Filed Emergency and published in the
June 3, 1998, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 8039A. Notice of
Intended Action to solicit comments on that submission was published in the
June 3, 1998, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 8038A.
The Council on Human Services adopted this amendment July 14, 1998.
This amendment is identical to that published under Notice of Intended
Action.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section 249A.4.
This amendment shall become effective October 1, 1998, at which time the
Adopted and Filed Emergency amendment is hereby rescinded.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend subrule 81.13(9), paragraphs "b" and "c," as
follows:
b. Comprehensive assessments.
(1) The facility shall make a comprehensive assessment of a resident's needs
which is based on the uniform data set minimum data set
(MDS) specified by the department of inspections and appeals. The
facility shall use the federal assessment tool, which describes
the resident's capability to perform daily life functions and significant
impairments in functional capacity.
(2) The assessment process shall include direct observation and
communication with the resident, as well as communication with licensed and
nonlicensed direct care staff members on all shifts. The comprehensive
assessment shall include at least the following information:
1. Medically defined conditions and prior medical history
Identification and demographic information.
2. Medical status measurement Customary routine.
3. Physical and mental functional status Cognitive
patterns.
4. Sensory and physical impairments Communication.
5. Nutritional status and requirements Vision.
6. Special treatments or procedures Mood and behavior
patterns.
7. Mental and psychosocial status Psychosocial
well-being.
8. Discharge potential Physical functioning and structural
problems.
9. Dental conditions Continence.
10. Activities potential Disease diagnoses and health
conditions.
11. Rehabilitation potential Dental and nutritional
status.
12. Cognitive status Skin condition.
13. Drug therapy Activity pursuit.
14. Medications.
15. Special treatments and procedures.
16. Discharge potential.
17. Documentation of summary information regarding the additional assessment
performed through the resident assessment protocols.
18. Documentation of participation in assessment.
19. Additional specification relating to resident status as required in
Section S of the MDS.
(3) Frequency. Assessments shall be conducted:
1. No later than 14 days after the date of admission.
Within 14 calendar days after admission or readmission, excluding
readmissions in which there is no significant change in the resident's physical
or mental condition. "Readmission" means a return to the facility following a
temporary absence for hospitalization or for therapeutic leave.
2. No later than October 1, 1991, for current residents.
Within 14 calendar days after the facility determines, or should have
determined, that there has been a significant change in the resident's physical
or mental condition. A "significant change" means a major decline or
improvement in the resident's status that will not normally resolve itself
without further intervention by staff or by implementing standard
disease-related clinical interventions, that has an impact on more than one
area of the resident's health status, and that requires either
interdisciplinary review, revision of the care plan, or both.
3. Promptly after a significant change in the resident's physical or
mental condition.
4. In no case less often than once every 12 months.
(4) Review of assessments. The facility shall examine each resident no less
than once every three months, and as appropriate, revise the resident's
assessment to ensure the continued accuracy of the assessment.
(5) Use Maintenance and use. The results of
the assessment shall be used A facility shall maintain all resident
assessments completed within the previous 15 months in the resident's active
record and use the results to develop, review and revise the resident's
comprehensive plan of care.
(6) Coordination. The facility shall coordinate assessments with any
state-required preadmission screening program to the maximum extent practicable
to avoid duplicative testing and effort.
(7) Automated data processing requirement.
1. Entering data. Within seven days after a facility completes a resident's
assessment, a facility shall enter the following information for the resident
into a computerized format that meets the specifications defined in numbered
paragraphs "2" and "4" below.
* Admission assessment.
* Annual assessment updates.
* Significant change in status assessments.
* Quarterly review assessments.
* A subset of items upon a resident's transfer, reentry, discharge, and
death.
* Background (face sheet) information, if there is no admission
assessment.
2. Transmitting data. Within seven days after a facility completes a
resident's assessment, a facility shall be capable of transmitting to the state
each resident's assessment information contained in the MDS in a format that
conforms to standard record layouts and data dictionaries and that passes edits
that ensure accurate and consistent coding of the MDS data as defined by the
Health Care Financing Administration (HCFA) and the department of human
services or the department of inspections and appeals.
3. Monthly transmittal requirements. On at least a monthly basis, a
facility shall input and electronically transmit accurate and complete MDS data
for all assessments conducted during the previous month, including the
following:
* Admission assessment.
* Annual assessment.
* Significant correction of prior full assessment.
* Significant correction of prior quarterly assessment.
* Quarterly review.
* A subset of items upon a resident's transfer, reentry, discharge, and
death.
* Background (face sheet) information, for an initial transmission of
MDS data on a resident who does not have an admission assessment.
4. The facility must transmit MDS data in the ASCII format specified by
HCFA.
(8) Resident-identifiable information. A facility shall not release
information that is resident-identifiable to the public. The facility may
release information that is resident-identifiable to an agent only in
accordance with a contract under which the agent agrees not to use or disclose
the information except to the extent the facility itself is permitted to do
so.
c. Accuracy of assessments. The assessment shall accurately reflect the
resident's status.
(1) Coordination. Each assessment shall be conducted or coordinated with the
appropriate participation of health professionals. Each assessment shall be
conducted or coordinated by a registered nurse who signs and certifies
the completion of the assessment.
(2) Certification. Each person who completes a portion of the assessment shall
sign and certify the accuracy of that portion of the assessment. A
registered nurse shall sign and certify that the assessment is
completed.
(3) Penalty for falsification. An individual who willfully and knowingly
certifies or causes another individual to certify, a material
and false statement in a resident assessment is subject to a civil money
penalties penalty of not more than $1,000 for each
assessment. An individual who willfully and knowingly causes another
individual to certify a material and false statement in a resident assessment
is subject to a civil money penalty of not more than $5,000 for each
assessment.
Clinical disagreement does not constitute a material and false
statement.
(4) Use of independent assessors. If the state department
of human services or the department of inspections and appeals determines,
under a survey or otherwise, that there has been a knowing and willful
certification of false statements under subparagraph (3) above, the
state department of human services or the department of
inspections and appeals may require that resident assessments under this
paragraph be conducted and certified by individuals who are independent of the
facility and who are approved by the state department of
human services or the department of inspections and appeals for a period
specified by the state agency.
[Filed 7/15/98, effective 10/1/98]
[Published 8/12/98]
EDITOR'S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/12/98.
ARC 8219A
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249A.4, the Department of Human
Services hereby amends Chapter 88, "Managed Health Care Providers," appearing
in the Iowa Administrative Code.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments July 14, 1998. Notice
of Intended Action regarding these amendments was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on May 20, 1998, as ARC 8008A.
These amendments implement the Iowa Plan for Behavioral Health (Iowa Plan), a
managed care plan for the delivery of mental health and substance abuse
services. The Iowa Plan will replace the Mental Health Access Plan and the
Iowa Managed Substance Abuse Care Plan effective January 1, 1999.
The Mental Health Access Plan (MHAP) was implemented in March 1995 and the Iowa
Managed Substance Abuse Care Plan (IMSACP) in September 1995. MHAP is
administered by the Department of Human Services Division of Medical Services,
and IMSACP is jointly administered by DHS and the Iowa Department of Public
Health Division of Substance Abuse and Health Promotion. Competitive
procurements were conducted to select the MHAP and IMSACP contractors; the
original contract periods were to end in mid-1998, but have been extended to
December 31, 1998.
In anticipation of the end of the contracts, the departments developed a
process to solicit maximum public input in the design of the Request for
Proposals (RFP) for the managed behavioral healthcare plan which would succeed
MHAP and IMSACP. The first draft of the Iowa Plan for Behavioral Health (then
the Iowa Plan for Integrated Access) was circulated in May 1997 followed by a
six-week public comment period. A second draft was circulated for additional
comment in September 1997. In addition to the written responses, two
legislatively appointed work groups were appointed to focus on issues related
to child welfare services and to services provided by counties.
The Iowa Plan for Integrated Access would have included coverage of
rehabilitative treatment and support services for Medicaid-eligible children
and mental health services in psychiatric medical institutions for children.
Due to public comment and legislative direction, the Iowa Plan for Behavioral
Health does not include those services.
The RFP for the Iowa Plan was released March 25, 1998, and the time line calls
for the selection of a contractor or contractors on or about July 1, 1998. A
preimplementation period will begin as soon as the selection is made to allow
time for communication with enrollees, training of contractor and provider
staff, and provider recruitment so the Iowa Plan can be implemented January 1,
1999.
These amendments differ from current policy governing MHAP and IMSACP as
follows:
* Definitions are updated to reflect consensus developed during public
review of the content of the RFP, in particular, requiring psychosocial
necessity as the standard for mental health services.
* The requirement is added that the contractor be licensed as a limited
service organization in anticipation of rules being promulgated by the
Insurance Division.
* Policy is added to allow the Department to impose penalties on the
contractor.
* Policy is added to allow the Department to comply with legislative
direction to allow for regional or statewide contractors.
* Policy is added to allow inclusion of other recipients of mental health
and substance abuse services funded by the Department, especially those in the
State Payment Program, which was allowed in legislation.
* Instances when the contractor is responsible for retrospective enrollment
are clarified.
* The contractor is explicitly denied the right to impose limitations on
the amount, scope, or duration of services not allowed in the Medicaid state
plan.
* A requirement contained in the 1915b waiver is implemented which allows
the enrollee the maximum allowable choice between providers.
* The list of services which the contractor must make available to
enrollees is expanded.
* Requirements are clarified related to services provided to enrollees in
emergency rooms. The contractor is required to reimburse providers of
emergency room services if appropriate notification is given the contractor.
* The contractor's responsibility related to the provision of
transportation when emergency services have been provided by nonparticipating
providers is defined.
* The contractor is required to maintain an open panel approach to the
recruitment of participating providers. "Open panel" means that the contractor
shall subcontract with all providers who are appropriately licensed, certified,
or accredited to provide covered, required, or optional services, and who meet
the credentialing criteria, agree to the standard contract terms, and wish to
participate.
* The contractor is required to maintain 24-hour crisis counseling and
referral services via a toll-free telephone line.
* Minimum standards are established for the contractor's policies related
to the review of both clinical and nonclinical decisions, including that the
reviews be conducted by a person other than the one making the original
decision and that enrollees and providers be allowed to participate.
Resolution time frames are also established.
* A minimum requirement for enrollment information to be provided by
contractor to all enrollees is established.
* A minimum requirement for the processing of claims and a definition of
the contractor's responsibility to pay for services and supports provided to
enrollees are established.
The following revisions were made to the Notice of Intended Action in response
to public comments with the exception of the revision to rule 441--88.70(249A)
which was made to concur with the Balanced Budget Act of 1997:
Subrule 88.62(1), paragraph "b," subparagraph (3), was revised to provide that
the contract shall list both the services which must and may be covered, not
just the services which must be covered.
Subrule 88.63(2) was revised to require that participating and nonparticipating
Medicaid providers shall also be notified when a coverage group is included or
excluded from the Iowa Plan enrollment, and to require the Department to
implement a transition plan to ensure continuity of services to
beneficiaries.
Subrule 88.65(3), paragraph "b," subparagraph (1), was revised for
clarification.
Subrule 88.67(5), paragraph "d," was revised to require that persons with need
for routine services be seen within three, rather than four, weeks of the
request for appointment.
A new subrule 88.67(7) was added to require a discharge plan for enrollees
receiving services in a 24-hour setting.
Subrule 88.68(1), paragraph "a," was revised to require acknowledgment of the
receipt of a request for the review of a clinical care decision within three
working days.
Rule 441--88.70(249A) was revised to prohibit the marketing of Iowa Plan
services in response to pending changes in the Balanced Budget Act of 1997.
A new rule 441--88.75(249A) was added to require the Department to appoint an
advisory committee to advise the Department on the implementation and operation
of the Plan and to provide for ongoing public input in its operation.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section 249A.4 and 1998
Iowa Acts, Senate File 2410, section 7, subsection 4, paragraph "a."
These amendments shall become effective January 1, 1999.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend 441--Chapter 88, Preamble, as follows:
PREAMBLE
This chapter contains rules governing the delivery of managed health care under
the Medicaid program. These rules make provision for the following managed
health care options: health maintenance organizations (HMOs), prepaid health
plans (PHPs), patient management, known as Medicaid Patient Access to
Service System (MediPASS), and the statewide mental health
access plan (MHAP), and the statewide managed substance abuse care plan
(MSACP) managed care plan for the delivery of mental health and
substance abuse services (Iowa Plan for Behavioral Health). The rules
cover eligibility of a provider to participate, reimbursement methodologies,
record-keeping requirements, grievance procedures and recipient enrollment and
disen-rollment procedures. Services covered or requiring authorization and
recipient access to services are specified.
ITEM 2. Rescind 441--Chapter 88, Divisions IV and
V.
ITEM 3. Adopt the following new Division IV:
DIVISION IV
IOWA PLAN FOR BEHAVIORAL HEALTH
441--88.61(249A) Definitions.
"Accredited" shall mean an entity approved by the division of mental health and
developmental disabilities of the department to provide mental health
services.
"Appeal" shall mean the process defined in 441--Chapter 7 by which a Medicaid
beneficiary or other recipient of services through the department, or the
recipient's designee, may request review of a certain decision made by the
department or the contractor.
"ASAM PPC2" shall mean the American Society of Addiction Medicine Patient
Placement Criteria for the Treatment of Substance-Related Disorders, Second
Edition, published by the American Society of Addiction Medicine in 1996.
"Assertive community treatment (ACT) program" shall mean a program of
comprehensive outpatient services provided in the community directed toward the
amelioration of symptoms and the rehabilitation of behavioral, functional, and
social deficits of persons with severe and persistent mental disorders and
persons with complex symptomatology who require multiple mental health and
supportive services to live in the community.
"Beneficiary" shall mean a person covered by Medicaid as determined by the
department.
"Capitation rate" shall mean the fee the department pays monthly to the
contractor for each enrolled Medicaid beneficiary for the provision of covered,
required, and optional services, whether or not the enrollee received services
during the month for which the fee is paid.
"Certification" shall mean the process of determining that a facility,
equipment or an individual meets the requirements of federal or state law.
"Clinical decision review" shall mean the process by which enrollees, members,
and participating and nonparticipating providers may request a review by the
contractor of a decision made by an employee of the contractor regarding the
prior authorization, denial, or payment for services.
"Contract" shall mean the contract between the department and the entity or
entities selected by the departmentto implement the Iowa Plan. Contract
sections related toMedicaid-funded services shall be interpreted to meet the
requirements of the Code of Federal Regulations, Title 42, Part 434, as amended
to March 27, 1996. The department of public health also shall be party to the
contracts in relationship to the provision of substance abuse services to
non-Medicaid persons served through the Iowa Plan.
"Contractor" shall mean each entity with whom the department contracts to
provide covered, required and optional services for those beneficiaries
enrolled in the Iowa Plan.
"Coverage group" shall mean a category of beneficiaries who meet certain common
eligibility requirements.
"Covered services" shall mean mental health and substance abuse treatment
services reimbursable based on provisions of the Medicaid state plan and paid
through the fee-for-service payment system administered by the Medicaid fiscal
agent.
"Department" shall mean the Iowa department of human services acting in
cooperation with the department of public health for governance of the
contract.
"Designee" shall mean an organization, person, or group of persons designated
by the director to act on behalf of the department in the review or evaluation
of services provided through the Iowa Plan.
"Director" shall mean the director of the Iowa department of human services.
"Disenrollment" shall mean the removal of an enrollee from the contractor's
enrollment list either through loss of eligibility or some other cause.
"Emergency services" shall mean those services required to meet the needs of an
enrollee who is experiencing an acute crisis of a level of severity requiring
immediate treatment where a failure to treat could result in death, injury, or
lasting harm to the enrollee or serious danger to others.
"Encounter data" shall mean information reflecting a face-to-face meeting or
other billable service furnished by a provider to a person served through the
Iowa Plan. Medicaid encounter data must be submitted by the contractor to the
department in an electronic format specified by the department.
"Enrollee" shall mean any Medicaid beneficiary who is enrolled in the Iowa Plan
in accordance with the provisions of the contract.
"Enrollment" shall mean the inclusion of a Medicaid beneficiary on a
contractor's Medicaid enrollment file.
"Enrollment area" shall mean the geographical area in which the enrollees and
members assigned by the department to the contractor reside.
"Fee-for-service" shall mean the method of making payment for Medicaid services
reimbursable under the Medicaid state plan in which reimbursement is based on
fees set by the department for defined services. Payment of the fee is based
upon delivery of the defined services and is done through the Medicaid fiscal
agent.
"Grievance" shall mean a nonclinical incident, nonclinical complaint, or
nonclinical concern which is received verbally and which cannot be resolved in
a manner satisfactory to enrollees or participating or nonparticipating
providers by the immediate response of the contractor's staff member or a
nonclinical incident, nonclinical complaint, or nonclinical concern which is
received in writing.
"IJPC" shall mean Iowa Juvenile Placement Criteria published by the department
of public health.
"Insolvency" shall mean a financial condition that exists when an entity is
unable to pay its debts as they become due in the usual course of business, or
when the liabilities of the entity exceed its assets.
"Integrated mental health services and supports" shall mean individualized
mental health services and supports planned jointly by the contractor, the
enrollee, and others significant to the enrollee as appropriate, which are not
regularly defined services otherwise offered by the contractor.
"Iowa Plan" shall mean the Iowa Plan for Behavioral Health, established by this
division as the managed care plan to provide mental health and substance abuse
treatment.
"Licensed" shall mean a facility, equipment, individual or entity that has
formally met state requirements for licensure and has been granted a
license.
"Member" shall be a person determined eligible for the state payment program by
the division of mental health and developmental disabilities and designated by
that division for inclusion in the Iowa Plan.
"Mental health services" shall mean those clinical, rehabilitative, or
supportive services provided by an individual, agency, or other entity that is
licensed, accredited, certified, or otherwise approved as required by law to
treat any mental disorder listed in the International Classification of
Diseases--Ninth Edition (ICD-9). At a minimum, covered disorders include the
following ranges of the ICD-9: 290-302.9; 306-309.9; and 311-314.9.
Additional code ranges may be included in the contract. Mental health services
shall include, but not be limited to, those services listed at subrule
88.65(3).
"MHI" shall mean a state mental health institute operated by the department.
"Open panel" shall mean that the contractor shall subcontract with all
providers who are appropriately licensed, certified, or accredited to provide
covered, required, or optional services, and who meet the credentialing
criteria, agree to the standard contract terms, and wish to participate.
"Participating providers" shall mean the providers of mental health and
substance abuse services who subcontract with the contractor.
"Prepaid health plan (PHP)" shall mean an entity defined at Section
1903(m)(2)(B)(iii) of the Social Security Act and determined to be a PHP by the
department based upon criteria set forth in the Code of Federal Regulations at
Title 42, Part 434.20(a)(3), as amended to March 13, 1991.
"Prior authorization" shall mean the process by which an enrollee or a provider
obtains approval prior to the initiation or continuation of a service as to the
appropriateness of a service. The contractor may require prior authorization
as a condition of payment. Prior authorization of a mental health service
shall be based on psychosocial necessity. Prior authorization of a substance
abuse service shall be based on service necessity.
"Psychosocial necessity" shall mean that clinical, rehabilitative, or
supportive mental health services meet all of the following conditions. The
services shall be:
1. Appropriate and necessary to the symptoms, diagnoses or treatment of a
covered mental health diagnosis.
2. Provided for the diagnosis or direct care and treatment of a mental
disorder.
3. Within standards of good practice for mental health treatment.
4. Required to meet the mental health needs of the enrollee and not primarily
for the convenience of the enrollee, the provider, or the contractor.
5. The most appropriate type of service which would reasonably meet the needs
of the enrollee in the least costly manner.
The determination of psychosocial necessity shall be made after consideration
of the enrollee's clinical history, including the impact of previous treatment
and service interventions; services being provided concurrently by other
delivery systems; the potential for services and supports to avert the need for
more intensive treatment; the potential for services and supports to allow the
enrollee to maintain functioning improvement attained through previous
treatment; unique circumstances which may impact the accessibility or
appropriateness of particular services for an individual enrollee (e.g.,
availability of transportation, lack of natural supports including a place to
live); and the enrollee's choice of provider or treatment location.
"Required services" shall mean mental health and substance abuse treatment
services and supports which are not reimbursable though the Iowa Medicaid
fee-for-service program but which are the contractual responsibility of the
contractor.
"Retroactive eligibility" shall mean the period of time consisting of the three
months preceding the month in which an application for Medicaid is filed,
during which the person may be eligible for Medicaid coverage as determined by
the department.
"Routine care" shall mean those clinical, rehabilitative, or supportive mental
health or substance abuse services which are typically arranged through
regular, scheduled appointments with a provider. Conditions requiring routine
care are not likely to substantially worsen or cause damage or disruption to
the recipient's life without immediate intervention.
"Service necessity" shall mean that substance abuse services for the treatment
of conditions related to substance abuse meet the following requirements
according to the criteria of the ASAM PPC2 or the IJPC, whichever is
applicable. The services shall be:
1. Appropriate and necessary to the symptoms, diagnoses or treatment of a
covered substance abuse diagnosis.
2. Provided for the diagnosis or direct care and treatment of a substance abuse
disorder.
3. Within standards of good practice for substance abuse treatment.
4. Required to meet the substance abuse treatment needs of the enrollee and not
primarily for the convenience of the enrollee, the provider, or the
contractor.
5. The most appropriate type of service which would reasonably meet the needs
of the enrollee in the least costly manner.
"State payment program" shall mean the program through which certain services
are provided to persons who have no legal settlement in any Iowa county. The
program is administered by the division of mental health and developmental
disabilities.
"Substance abuse licensed PMIC" shall mean a psychiatric medical institution
for children (PMIC) which also is licensed in accordance with Iowa Code chapter
125 to provide substance abuse treatment services.
"Substance abuse services" shall mean those clinical, rehabilitative,
supportive and other services provided in response to and to alleviate the
symptoms of any substance abuse disorder listed in the International
Classification of Diseases--Ninth Edition (ICD-9), disorders 303 through 305.9,
provided by an individual, agency, or other entity that is licensed,
accredited, certified, or otherwise approved as required by law to treat any of
these substance abuse disorders. Services include, but are not limited to,
services listed at subrule 88.65(4).
"Targeted case management services" shall mean individual case management
services targeted to persons with chronic mental illness as defined at Iowa
Code section 225C.20 with standards set forth in 441--Chapter 24.
"Third party" shall mean an individual, entity, or program, excluding Medicaid,
that is, may be, could be, should be, or has been liable for all or part of the
cost of mental health and substance abuse services related to any medical
assistance covered by Medicaid.
"Urgent, nonemergency care" shall mean those clinical, rehabilitative, or
supportive services provided for conditions which, although they do not present
immediate risk of death, injury, or lasting harm, may risk significant damage
or disruption to the recipient's life or require expeditious treatment to
alleviate the prospect that the condition will substantially worsen without
immediate intervention.
441--88.62(249A) Participation.
88.62(1) Contract. The department may enter into a contract for the
provision of mental health and substance abuse services specified in
441--Chapter 78, or any portion thereof, with a prepaid health plan.
a. The department shall also determine that the contractor meet the following
additional requirements:
(1) The contractor shall make the services it provides to enrollees at least as
accessible as those services were to beneficiaries prior to the implementation
of the Iowa Plan.
(2) The contractor shall comply with insolvency requirements established by the
department in the contract and shall ensure that neither Medicaid enrollees nor
the state shall be responsible for its debts if the contractor should become
insolvent.
(3) The contractor shall be licensed by the department of commerce, division of
insurance, as a limited service organization.
b. The contract shall meet the following minimum requirements. The contract
shall:
(1) Be in writing.
(2) Specify the duration of the contract period.
(3) List the services which must and may be covered.
(4) Describe information access and disclosure.
(5) List conditions for nonrenewal, termination, suspension, and
modification.
(6) Specify the method and rate of reimbursement.
(7) Provide for disclosure of ownership and subcontractor relationships.
(8) Specify that all subcontracts shall be in writing, shall comply with the
provisions of the contract between the department and the contractor, and shall
include any general requirements of the contract that are appropriate to the
service or activity covered by the subcontract.
88.62(2) Assessment of penalties. Penalties shall be assessed
according to terms of the contract for failure to perform in either of the
following areas:
a. Substantial failure to provide necessary covered and required services
included in this contract when the failure has seriously and adversely affected
an enrollee.
b. Failure to comply with any provision of the contract.
441--88.63(249A) Enrollment.
88.63(1) Enrollment area. The enrollment area shall be set forth in
the contract between the department and the contractor. The department has
determined that all counties of the state will be covered by the Iowa Plan,
whether by a single statewide contractor or by multiple regional
contractors.
88.63(2) Beneficiaries subject to enrollment. All Medicaid
beneficiaries shall be subject to mandatory enrollment in the Iowa Plan.
Beneficiaries who are enrolled in the Iowa Plan are notified with a message on
their medical card. When a coverage group is included or excluded from Iowa
Plan enrollment, the department and the contractor shall jointly notify
beneficiaries and participating and nonparticipating Medicaid providers prior
to implementation of the change. The department shall implement a transition
plan to ensure continuity of services to beneficiaries.
88.63(3) Others to be served. The department shall include persons in
the state payment program in the Iowa Plan. The department may include other
recipients of mental health and substance abuse services in the Iowa Plan. The
department shall specify in the contract the services, persons to be served,
and reimbursement methodology when other recipients are included.
88.63(4) Voluntary enrollment. There will be no voluntary enrollment
in the Iowa Plan.
88.63(5) Effective date. For new beneficiaries, the effective date of
enrollment with the contractor shall be the first day of the month the Medicaid
application was filed in the county office. Beneficiaries under the age of 21
served at an MHI and beneficiaries served at a substance abuse licensed PMIC
will be enrolled for months of retroactive eligibility for Medicaid when the
beneficiary resided in a substance abuse licensed PMIC or MHI during those
months.
For current beneficiaries who are no longer in an eligibility group excluded
from the Iowa Plan, the effective date of enrollment shall be the first day of
the month following the month they leave the excluded group.
88.63(6) Medical card. The department shall issue medical assistance
eligibility cards to all Medicaid beneficiaries. This medical card shall
include information to identify the beneficiary as an Iowa Plan enrollee.
441--88.64(249A) Disenrollment.
88.64(1) Disenrollments by the department. Disenroll-ments shall occur
when:
a. The enrollee becomes ineligible for Medicaid. If the enrollee becomes
ineligible and is later reinstated to Medicaid, enrollment in the Iowa Plan
shall also be reinstated.
b. The enrollee is transferred to a coverage group excluded from the Iowa
Plan.
c. The enrollee dies.
88.64(2) Effective date. Disenrollment shall be effective the first
day of the month following the month of disenroll-ment.
88.64(3) No disenrollment for health reasons. No enrollee shall be
disenrolled from the Iowa Plan because of an adverse change in health status,
including mental health and substance abuse status.
441--88.65(249A) Covered services.
88.65(1) Amount, duration, and scope of services. The contractor may
not impose limitations on the amount, duration, or scope of services provided
which are not allowable under the Medicaid state plan. The contractor may,
however, require the use of participating providers, require prior
authorization for services other than emergency services as set forth in rule
441--88.66(249A), and direct enrollees to the appropriate level of care for
receipt of those services which are the responsibility of the contractor.
88.65(2) Enrollee use of Iowa Plan services. Enrollees shall receive
all Medicaid-funded covered, required, and optional mental health and substance
abuse services only through the Iowa Plan. An enrollee shall use only
participating providers of service unless the contractor has authorized a
referral to a nonparticipating provider for provision of a service or treatment
plan. Payment shall be denied under Medicaid fee-for-service on claims for
covered, required, and optional mental health and substance abuse services
provided to enrollees. The contractor shall implement policies to ensure that
no participating or nonparticipating provider bills an enrollee for all or any
part of the cost of a covered, required, or optional service.
88.65(3) Covered, required and optional mental health services.
a. The contractor shall ensure, arrange, monitor and reimburse, at a minimum,
the following covered mental health services:
(1) Ambulance services for psychiatric conditions.
(2) Emergency room services for psychiatric conditions available 24 hours per
day, 365 days per year.
(3) Inpatient hospital care for psychiatric conditions.
(4) Outpatient hospital care for psychiatric conditions including intensive
outpatient services.
(5) Partial hospitalization.
(6) Day treatment.
(7) Psychiatric physician services including consultations requested for
enrollees receiving treatment for other medical conditions.
(8) Services of a licensed psychologist for testing, evaluation and treatment
of mental illness.
(9) Services in state MHIs for enrollees under the age of 21 or through the age
of 22 if the enrollee is hospitalized on the enrollee's twenty-first
birthday.
(10) Services provided through a community mental health center.
(11) Targeted case management services to persons with chronic mental
illness.
(12) Medication management.
(13) Psychiatric nursing services by a home health agency.
(14) Psychiatric or psychological screenings required subsequent to evaluations
for persons applying for admission to nursing homes.
(15) Mental health services determined necessary subsequent to an EPSDT
screening meeting the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1989, Public Law
101-239, requirements.
b. The contractor shall ensure, arrange, monitor and reimburse the following
required mental health services which are not reimbursable by Medicaid
fee-for-service:
(1) Concurrent substance abuse and mental health services for those diagnosed
with both chronic substance abuse and chronic mental illness.
(2) Services of a licensed social worker for treatment of mental illness.
(3) Mobile crisis services.
(4) Mobile counseling services.
(5) Integrated mental health services and supports.
(6) Psychiatric rehabilitation services.
(7) Peer support services for persons with chronic mental illness.
(8) Supported community living services.
(9) Periodic assessment of the level of functioning for each enrollee who meets
the criteria of either a child with a serious emotional disability or a person
with serious and persistent mental illness. The assessment is to be conducted
by appropriately credentialed participating providers.
(10) Programs of assertive community treatment.
c. The contractor may develop optional services and supports to address the
mental health needs of enrollees. These optional services and supports shall
be implemented only after approval by the department. Optional services and
supports shall be provided by or under the supervision of qualified mental
health professionals or appropriately accredited agencies.
d. The department may require the coverage of other mental health services and
supports under the terms of the contract.
88.65(4) Covered and required substance abuse services. The contractor
shall ensure, arrange, monitor and reimburse the following services for the
treatment of substance abuse:
a. Outpatient (all Level I as per ASAM PPC2 and IJPC).
b. Intensive outpatient and partial hospitalization (all Level II as per ASAM
PPC2 and IJPC).
c. Residential/inpatient services (all Level III as per ASAM PPC2 and IJPC).
d. Medically managed intensive inpatient (all Level IV as per ASAM PPC2 and
IJPC).
e. Detoxification.
f. PMIC substance abuse treatment services.
g. Emergency room services for substance abuse conditions available 24 hours a
day, 365 days a year.
h. Ambulance services for substance abuse conditions.
i. Substance abuse treatment services determined necessary subsequent to an
EPSDT screening meeting the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1989, Public
Law 101-239, requirements.
j. Intake, assessment, evaluation and diagnostic services, including testing
for alcohol and drugs, to determine a substance abuse diagnosis.
88.65(5) Covered diagnoses. Services for a covered diagnosis cannot be
denied solely on the basis of an individual's also having a noncovered
diagnosis. Mental health services, including inpatient care, cannot be denied
solely on the basis of an individual's having no Axis I diagnosis. The
contractor will be responsible for ensuring, arranging, monitoring, and
reimbursing services necessary for the behavioral care and treatment of the
covered diagnoses for Iowa Plan enrollees who are diagnosed with a covered
diagnosis and a noncovered diagnosis.
The services defined at subrules 88.65(3) and 88.65(4) shall be provided to all
Iowa Plan enrollees who meet the diagnostic criteria for the following
disorders listed in the International Classification of Diseases--Ninth Edition
(ICD-9):
1. Mental health: 290-302.9; 306-309.9; 311-314.9.
2. Substance abuse: 303-305.9.
88.65(6) Excluded services. Unless specifically included in the
contract, the contractor shall not be required to provide long-term care (e.g.,
residential care facilities, nursing facilities, state hospital schools, or
intermediate care facilities for persons with mental retardation) or services
provided as part of the Medicaid rehabilitative treatment services as set forth
in 441--Chapter 185.
441--88.66(249A) Emergency services.
88.66(1) Availability of services. The contractor shall ensure that
emergency services for covered diagnoses are available 24 hours a day, seven
days a week, either through participating providers or through arrangements
with other providers.
88.66(2) Payment for emergency room services. Emergency room services
for covered diagnoses shall be reimbursed for enrollees regardless of whether
authorized in advance or whether the provider of service is a participating
provider.
a. For emergency room services provided to an Iowa Plan enrollee by a
participating or a nonparticipating provider when covered diagnoses are the
primary condition, the contractor may:
(1) Establish policies requiring notification of the provision of emergency
room service within a stated time frame which shall be no less than 48
hours.
(2) Require authorization of any services beyond those provided in the
emergency room.
b. For emergency room services provided to an Iowa Plan enrollee by a
participating or a nonparticipating provider when covered diagnoses are the
primary condition, the contractor shall:
(1) Provide a minimum triage fee to the emergency room, regardless of whether
the facility notifies the contractor. The triage fee shall be no less than is
paid under payment mechanisms established for the Medicaid fee-for-service
program.
(2) Reimburse the emergency room for emergency room services provided,
contingent upon the facility's compliance with notification policies.
Reimbursement to nonparticipating providers shall be no less than the average
payment which would be made to a participating provider.
88.66(3) Contractor payment liability. The contractor's payment
liability for the provision of emergency mental health and substance abuse
services by nonparticipating providers is limited to emergency mental health
and substance abuse services provided before the enrollee can, without danger
or harmful consequences to the enrollee or others, return to the care of a
participating provider. If transportation is necessary to transport the
enrollee from a nonparticipating provider to a participating provider, the
contractor shall be financially liable for the transportation. In reimbursing
nonparticipating providers, the contractor's liability is limited to the
average reimbursement which the contractor would pay to a participating
provider for the same services.
88.66(4) Notification and claim filing time spans. The contractor may
set notification and claim filing time limitations in the event of the
provision of care by nonparticipating providers and shall notify enrollees of
these provisions. However, failure to give notice or to file claims within
those time limitations shall not invalidate any claim if it can be shown that
it was not reasonably possible to give the notice and that notice was, in fact,
given as soon as was reasonably possible. In addition, the contractor shall
provide payment for emergency services to nonparticipating providers within 60
days of receipt of a bill which complies with all billing requirements
established by the contractor's policies.
441--88.67(249A) Access to service.
88.67(1) Choice of provider. Enrollees shall have the opportunity to
choose their mental health care and substance abuse treatment professionals and
service providers from any of the participating providers to the extent
clinically appropriate.
88.67(2) Open panel requirement. The contractor shall establish and
implement policies to ensure an open panel approach to the recruitment of
participating providers.
88.67(3) Requirements for participating provider panel. The contractor
shall develop and maintain a panel of participating providers which meets the
following requirements. The panel shall:
a. Have sufficient staff resources to adequately provide mental health and
substance abuse services to meet the needs of enrollees or have arrangements
for services to be provided by other providers where capability of
participating providers to serve specific mental health and substance abuse
needs does not exist.
b. Maintain treatment sites in compliance with all applicable local, state, and
federal standards related to the services provided as well as those for fire
and safety.
88.67(4) Adequate appointment system. The contractor shall require
that participating providers have procedures for the scheduling of enrollee
appointments, which are appropriate to the reason for the service, as
follows:
a. Enrollees with emergency needs shall be seen within 15 minutes of
presentation at a service delivery site.
b. Persons with urgent nonemergency needs shall be seen within 1 hour of
presentation at a service delivery site or within 24 hours of telephone contact
with provider or contractor.
c. Persons with persistent symptoms shall be seen within 48 hours of reporting
symptoms.
d. Persons with need for routine services shall be seen within three weeks of
the request for appointment.
88.67(5) Adequate after-hours call-in coverage. The contractor shall
ensure crisis counseling and referral are available 24 hours a day, 365 days
per year via a toll-free telephone line, the number for which is regularly made
available to all enrollees.
88.67(6) Adequate referral system. The contractor shall have in effect
arrangements which provide for an adequate referral system for any specialty
mental health and substance abuse treatment services not available through
participating providers.
88.67(7) Discharge planning. The contractor shall implement policies
to ensure that no enrollee who has been receiving services in a 24-hour setting
funded by the contractor is discharged from that setting until a discharge plan
has been developed which provides appropriate follow-up care and treatment
which is accessible to that enrollee.
441--88.68(249A) Review of contractor decisions and actions.
88.68(1) Clinical decision review. The contractor shall have written
procedures by which enrollees and participating and nonparticipating providers
may request a clinical decision review. The clinical decision review, when
requested, shall be conducted by staff other than the person or persons who
made the original clinical care decision. All policies related to clinical
decision review shall be approved by the department prior to implementation.
The contractor's clinical decision review policies shall further:
a. Require acknowledgment of the receipt of a request for a clinical decision
review to the enrollee and to the provider if applicable within three working
days.
b. Allow for participation by the enrollee and the provider.
c. Set time frames for resolution including emergency procedures which are
appropriate to the nature of the clinical decision under review.
d. Require that 95 percent of all clinical decision reviews be resolved within
14 days of receipt of all required documentation and that 100 percent of all
clinical decision reviews be resolved within 90 days of the receipt of all
required documentation.
e. Ensure the participation of contractor staff with authority to require
corrective action.
f. Include at least one level of internal review.
g. Ensure the confidentiality of the enrollee.
88.68(2) Appeal to department. Enrollees and members may appeal
clinical care decisions in accordance with the appeal process available to all
persons receiving Medicaid-funded services as set forth in 441--Chapter 7 if
the enrollee or member is not satisfied with the final decision rendered by the
contractor through the contractor's clinical decision review process.
88.68(3) Review of nonclinical decisions. The contractor shall have
available to all enrollees and other persons who do business with the
contractor a process for the review of any complaints or grievances concerning
nonclinical matters. All policies related to the review of nonclinical
decisions shall be approved by the department prior to implementation.
Policies regarding the process for the review of nonclinical decisions shall
incorporate the following:
a. Allow initiation both verbally and in writing.
b. Require a review conducted by someone other than the person who made the
original decision.
c. Require written notice acknowledging the receipt of a complaint or
grievance.
d. Require resolution of 95 percent of all complaints or grievances within 14
days of the receipt of all required documentation and resolution of 100 percent
within 90 days of the receipt of all required documentation.
88.68(4) Written record. All requests for review of contractor
decisions and actions, including all informal or verbal complaints which must
be referred or researched for resolution, shall be recorded in writing. A log
shall be retained and made available at the request of the department. The log
shall include progress notes and method of resolution to allow determination of
compliance with subrules 88.68(1) and 88.68(3).
88.68(5) Information concerning procedures relating to the review of
contractor decisions and actions. The contractor's written procedures for the
review of contractor decisions and actions shall be provided to each new
enrollee, to participating providers in a provider manual, and to
nonparticipating providers upon request.
88.68(6) Periodic reports to the department. The contractor shall make
reports to the department summarizing the review of contractor decisions and
actions and resolutions to the reviews at a frequency specified in the
contract.
441--88.69(249A) Records and reports.
88.69(1) Records system. The contractor shall document and maintain
clinical and fiscal records throughout the course of the contract. The record
system shall:
a. Identify transactions with or on behalf of each enrollee by the state
identification number assigned to the enrollee by the department.
b. Provide a rationale for and documentation of clinical care decisions made
by the contractor based upon psychosocial necessity for mental health services
and service necessity for substance abuse services.
c. Permit effective professional review for medical audit processes.
d. Facilitate an adequate system for monitoring treatment reimbursed by the
contractor including follow-up of the implementation of discharge plans and
referral to other providers.
e. Meet contract reporting requirements and federal reporting requirements
applicable to prepaid health plans.
88.69(2) Content of individual treatment record. The contractor shall
have contractual requirements with participating providers which ensure an
adequate record-keeping system, including documentation of all Iowa Plan
services provided to each enrollee, in compliance with the provisions of rule
441--79.3(249A).
88.69(3) Confidentiality of mental health information. The contractor
shall protect and maintain the confidentiality of mental health information by
implementing policies for staff and through contract terms with participating
providers which allow release of mental health information only as allowed by
Iowa Code chapter 228.
88.69(4) Confidentiality of substance abuse information. The
contractor shall protect and maintain the confidentiality of substance abuse
information by implementing policies for staff and through contract terms with
participating providers which allow release of substance abuse information only
in compliance with policies set forth in the Code of Federal Regulations at
Title 42, Part 2, as amended to May 5, 1995, and other applicable state and
federal law and regulations.
88.69(5) Reports to the department. The contractor shall submit
reports to the department as follows:
a. Encounter data on a monthly basis.
b. Annual audited financial statements no later than 180 days after the close
of each contract year.
c. Periodic financial, utilization, and statistical reports as required by the
department in the contract.
d. Other reporting requirements as specified in the contract.
88.69(6) Audits. The department or its designee and the U.S.
Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) may evaluate through inspections
or other means the quality, appropriateness, and timeliness of services
performed by the contractor, participating providers, nonparticipating
providers, and subcontractors pertaining to services performed and reimbursed
under the contract. The department or its designee or HHS may audit and
inspect any records of the contractor, participating providers,
nonparticipating providers and subcontractors of the contractor, pertaining to
services performed and the determination of amounts paid under the contract.
These records shall be made available at times, places, and in a manner as
authorized representatives of the department, its designee, or HHS may
request.
441--88.70(249A) Marketing. The marketing of Iowa Plan services is
prohibited.
441--88.71(249A) Enrollee education.
88.71(1) Use of services. The contractor shall provide written
information to all enrollees on the use of services the contractor is
responsible to ensure, arrange, monitor, and reimburse. Information must
include services covered; how to access services; providers participating;
explanation of the process for the review of contractor decisions and actions,
including the enrollee's right to a fair hearing under 441-- Chapter 7 and how
to access that fair hearing process; provision of after-hours and emergency
care; procedures for notifying enrollees of a change in benefits or office
sites; how to request a change in providers; statement of consumer rights and
responsibilities; out-of-area use of service; availability of toll-free
telephone information and crisis assistance; appropriate use of the referral
system; and the method of accessing Medicaid-funded services not covered by the
Iowa Plan, especially pharmacy services.
88.71(2) Outreach to beneficiaries with special needs. The contractor
shall provide enhanced outreach to beneficiaries with special needs including,
but not limited to, persons with psychiatric disabilities, mental retardation
or other cognitive impairments, homeless persons, illiterate persons,
non-English-speaking persons and persons with visual or hearing impairments.
88.71(3) Patient rights and responsibilities. The contractor shall
have in effect a written statement of patient rights and responsibilities which
is available upon request as well as issued to all new enrollees. This
statement shall be part of enrollment information provided to all new
enrollees.
441--88.72(249A) Payment to the contractor.
88.72(1) Capitation rate. In consideration for all services rendered
by the contractor under a Medicaid contract with the department, the contractor
shall receive a payment each month for each enrollee. This Medicaid capitation
rate represents the total obligation of the department with respect to the
costs of Medicaid mental health and substance abuseservices provided to
enrollees under the contract. The contractor accepts the rate as payment in
full for the Medicaid-contracted services.
88.72(2) Determination of rate. The Medicaid capitation rates shall be
established in the contract and shall not exceed the cost to the department of
providing the same covered services on a fee-for-service basis to the same
group of Medicaid beneficiaries eligible for the plan.
88.72(3) Payment for services to other recipients. When the department
chooses to include mental or substance abuse services for recipients other than
enrollees, the department shall establish rates and reimbursement procedures in
the contract.
88.72(4) Third-party liability. If an enrollee has health coverage or
a responsible party other than the Medicaid program available for purposes of
payment for mental health and substance abuse expenses, it is the right and
responsibility of the contractor to investigate these third-party resources and
attempt to obtain payment. The contractor may retain all funds collected
through third-party sources. A complete rec-ord of third-party liability shall
be maintained and made available to the department at the end of each contract
year.
441--88.73(249A) Claims payment.
88.73(1) Claims payment by contractor. The contractor shall meet the
following time lines for the payment of all claims for covered, required and
optional mental health and substance abuse services submitted which meet the
contractor's requirements for claim submission:
a. For at least 85 percent of claims submitted, payment shall be mailed or
claims shall be denied within 14 days of the date the claim is received by the
contractor.
b. For at least 90 percent of claims submitted, payment shall be mailed or
claims shall be denied within 30 days of the date the claim is received by the
contractor.
c. For 100 percent of claims submitted, payment shall be mailed or claims shall
be denied within 90 days of the date the claim is received by the
contractor.
88.73(2) Limits on payment responsibility for services other than
emergency room services. The contractor is not required to reimburse providers
for the provision of mental health services that do not meet the criteria of
psychosocial necessity. The contractor is not required to reimburse providers
for the provision of substance abuse services which do not meet the criteria of
service necessity. The contractor has the right to require prior authorization
of covered, required and optional services and to deny reimbursement to
providers who do not comply with such requirements. Payment responsibilities
for emergency room services are as provided at subrule 88.66(2).
88.73(3) Payment to nonparticipating providers. In reimbursing
nonparticipating providers, the contractor is obligated to pay no more than the
average rate of reimbursement which the contractor pays to participating
providers for the same service.
88.73(4) Payment of crossover and copayments. The contractor shall pay
crossover claims for Medicare deductible and copayment amounts for those
beneficiaries who use Medicare-covered mental health and substance abuse
services.
441--88.74(249A) Quality assurance. The contractor shall have in
effect an internal quality assurance system which meets the requirements of 42
CFR, Part 434.34 as amended to March 12, 1984, and complies with all other
requirements specified in the contract.
441--88.75(249A) Iowa Plan advisory committee. The department shall
appoint an advisory committee to advise the department in the implementation
and operation of the Plan and to provide for ongoing public input in its
operation.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section 249A.4.
[Filed 7/15/98, effective 1/1/99]
[Published 8/12/98]
EDITOR'S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/12/98.
ARC 8221A
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 234.6, 237A.12, and 252J.8, the
Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 107, "Certification of
Adoption Investigators," and Chapter 110, "Family and Group Day Care Homes,"
appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments July 14, 1998. Notice
of Intended Action regarding these amendments was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on June 3, 1998, as ARC 8035A.
These amendments specify the procedures to be followed when a Certificate of
Noncompliance is received from the Child Support Recovery Unit (CSRU) regarding
a certified adoption investigator, group day care home provider, group day care
home-joint registration provider, or a provider registered for a Level II, III,
or IV day care home. Receipt of a Certificate of Noncompliance will require
the Department to revoke or deny certification for a certified adoption
investigator or registration for a group day care home provider, group day care
home-joint registration provider, or a provider registered for a Level II, III,
or IV day care home.
The license sanction process for the enforcement of child support orders was
mandated by the Seventy-sixth General Assembly in Iowa Code Supplement chapter
252J. CSRU may refer an obligor to a licensing agency for the suspension,
revocation, nonissuance, or nonrenewal of a variety of licenses including, but
not limited to, motor vehicle registrations, driver's licenses, business and
professional licenses. In order to be referred to a licensing agency for
license sanction, an obligor's support payments must be delinquent in an amount
equal to the support payment for 90 days.
When an obligor's support payments are delinquent in an amount equal to the
support payment for 90 days, CSRU may issue a notice to the obligor informing
the obligor that the obligor may make immediate payment of all current and past
due support, schedule a conference to review CSRU's action, or enter into a
payment agreement with the unit. If the obligor fails to respond to the notice
within 20 days, or requests a conference and fails to appear, CSRU shall issue
a Certificate of Noncompliance to the applicable licensing authority. The
licensing authority is required to notify the obligor 30 days before the
suspension, revocation, or denial of the obligor's license. The obligor may
seek review of the decision before the District Court. Provisions governing
issuance of the notice, the conference, and notice by the licensing authority
are set forth in Iowa Code Supplement chapter 252J.
During the conference, CSRU will determine if the obligor's ability to pay
varies from the current support order. A payment agreement shall be completed
which shall require the obligor to pay the lower of the amount calculated or
the maximum amount payable under an income withholding order. Failure of the
obligor to comply with the terms of the payment agreement shall also result in
the issuance of a Certificate of Noncompliance.
The Certificate of Noncompliance remains in effect until the obligor pays all
support owed, both arrears and current; or enters into a payment agreement; or
begins receiving social security, SSI, or FIP; or becomes ill or disabled; or
begins participating in job training.
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice of Intended
Action.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 237A, 252J and
600.
These amendments shall become effective October 1, 1998.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 441--107.4(600) by adopting the following new
subrule:
107.4(6) Certification actions for nonpayment of child support. The
department shall revoke or deny the issuance or renewal of a certification of
an adoption investigator upon the receipt of a certificate of noncompliance
from the child support recovery unit of the department according to the
procedures in Iowa Code chapter 252J. In addition to the procedures set forth
in Iowa Code chapter 252J, the rules in this chapter shall apply.
a. The notice required by Iowa Code section 252J.8 shall be served upon the
applicant or certified investigator by restricted certified mail, return
receipt requested, or personal service in accordance with Iowa Rules of Civil
Procedure 56.1. Alternatively, the applicant or certified investigator may
accept service personally or through authorized counsel.
b. The effective date of the revocation or denial of the certification as
specified in the notice required by Iowa Code section 252J.8 shall be 60 days
following service of the notice upon the applicant or certified
investigator.
c. The department director or designee of the director is authorized to prepare
and serve the notice as required by Iowa Code section 252J.8 upon the applicant
or certified investigator.
d. Applicants and certified investigators shall keep the department informed of
all court actions, and all child support recovery unit actions taken under or
in connection with Iowa Code chapter 252J, and shall provide the department
copies, within seven days of filing or issuance, of all applications filed with
the district court pursuant to Iowa Code section 252J.9, all court orders
entered in these actions, and withdrawals of certificates of noncompliance by
the child support recovery unit.
e. An applicant or certified investigator may file an application with the
district court within 30 days of service of a department notice pursuant to
Iowa Code sections 252J.8 and 252J.9.
(1) The filing of the application shall stay the department action until the
department receives a court order lifting the stay, dismissing the action, or
otherwise directing the department to proceed.
(2) For purposes of determining the effective date of the revocation, or denial
of the issuance or renewal of a certification, the department shall count the
number of days before the action was filed and the number of days after the
action was disposed of by the court.
f. The department shall notify the applicant or certified investigator in
writing through regular first-class mail, or such other means as the department
deems appropriate in the circumstances, within ten days of the effective date
of the revocation of certification or the denial of the issuance or renewal of
a certificate of adoption investigator, and shall similarly notify the
applicant or certified investigator when the certificate is issued, renewed, or
reinstated following the department's receipt of a withdrawal of the
certificate of noncompliance.
g. Notwithstanding Iowa Code section 17A.18, the registrant does not have the
right to a hearing regarding this issue, but may request a court hearing
pursuant to Iowa Code section 252J.9.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 107.5(2), paragraph "b," as follows:
b. If an applicant is denied certification or recertification based on
an inability to meet the requirements of subrule 107.4(1), 107.4(2), 107.4(3),
107.4(4), or 107.4(5), or 107.4(6), the
applicant may reapply when the requirements for certification have been met.
Further amend subrule 107.5(2) by rescinding and reserving paragraph
"c."
ITEM 3. Adopt the following new rules:
441--110.12(237A) Registration actions for nonpayment of child support.
The department shall revoke or deny the issuance or renewal of a child care
registration for a group child care home or group child care home-joint
registration provider upon the receipt of a certificate of noncompliance from
the child support recovery unit of the department according to the procedures
in Iowa Code chapter 252J. In addition to the procedures set forth in Iowa
Code chapter 252J, the rules in this chapter shall apply.
110.12(1) Service of notice. The notice required by Iowa Code section
252J.8 shall be served upon the applicant or registrant by restricted certified
mail, return receipt requested, or personal service in accordance with Iowa
Rules of Civil Procedure 56.1. Alternatively, the applicant or registrant may
accept service personally or through authorized counsel.
110.12(2) Effective date. The effective date of the revocation or
denial of the registration as specified in the notice required by Iowa Code
section 252J.8 shall be 60 days following service of the notice upon the
applicant or licensee.
110.12(3) Preparation of notice. The department director or designee
of the director is authorized to prepare and serve the notice as required by
Iowa Code section 252J.8 upon the applicant or registrant.
110.12(4) Responsibilities of registrants and applicants. Registrants
and registrant applicants shall keep the department informed of all court
actions, and all child support recovery unit actions taken under or in
connection with Iowa Code chapter 252J, and shall provide the department
copies, within seven days of filing or issuance, of all applications filed with
the district court pursuant to Iowa Code section 252J.9, all court orders
entered in the actions, and withdrawals of certificates of noncompliance by the
child support recovery unit.
110.12(5) District court. A registrant or applicant may file an
application with the district court within 30 days of service of a department
notice pursuant to Iowa Code sections 252J.8 and 252J.9.
a. The filing of the application shall stay the department action until the
department receives a court order lifting the stay, dismissing the action, or
otherwise directing the department to proceed.
b. For purposes of determining the effective date of the revocation, or denial
of the issuance or renewal of a registration, the department shall count the
number of days before the action was filed and the number of days after the
action was disposed of by the court.
110.12(6) Procedure for notification. The department shall notify the
applicant or registrant in writing through regular first-class mail, or such
other means as the department deems appropriate in the circumstances, within
ten days of the effective date of the revocation of a registration or the
denial of the issuance or renewal of a registration, and shall similarly notify
the applicant or registrant when the registration is issued, renewed, or
reinstated following the department's receipt of a withdrawal of the
certificate of noncompliance.
110.12(7) Appeal rights. Notwithstanding Iowa Code section 17A.18, the
registrant does not have the right to a hearing regarding this issue, but may
request a court hearing pursuant to Iowa Code section 252J.9.
441--110.36(237) Registration actions for nonpayment of child support.
The department shall revoke or deny the issuance or renewal of a child care
registration for a Level II, III, or IV child care home upon the receipt of a
certificate of noncompliance from the child support recovery unit of the
department according to the procedures in Iowa Code chapter 252J. In addition
to the procedures set forth in Iowa Code chapter 252J, the rules in this
chapter shall apply.
110.36(1) Service of notice. The notice required by Iowa Code section
252J.8 shall be served upon the applicant or registrant by restricted certified
mail, return receipt requested, or personal service in accordance with Iowa
Rules of Civil Procedure 56.1. Alternatively, the applicant or registrant may
accept service personally or through authorized counsel.
110.36(2) Effective date. The effective date of the revocation or
denial of the registration as specified in the notice required by Iowa Code
section 252J.8 shall be 60 days following service of the notice upon the
applicant or licensee.
110.36(3) Preparation of notice. The department director or designee
of the director is authorized to prepare and serve the notice upon the
applicant or registrant as required by Iowa Code section 252J.8.
110.36(4) Responsibilities of registrants and applicants. Registrants
and registrant applicants shall keep the department informed of all court
actions, and all child support recovery unit actions taken under or in
connection with Iowa Code chapter 252J, and shall provide the department
copies, within seven days of filing or issuance, of all applications filed with
the district court pursuant to Iowa Code section 252J.9, all court orders
entered in the actions, and withdrawals of certificates of noncompliance by the
child support recovery unit.
110.36(5) District court. A registrant or applicant may file an
application with the district court within 30 days of service of a department
notice pursuant to Iowa Code sections 252J.8 and 252J.9.
a. The filing of the application shall stay the department action until the
department receives a court order lifting the stay, dismissing the action, or
otherwise directing the department to proceed.
b. For purposes of determining the effective date of the revocation, or denial
of the issuance or renewal of a registration, the department shall count the
number of days before the action was filed and the number of days after the
action was disposed of by the court.
110.36(6) Procedure for notification. The department shall notify the
applicant or registrant in writing through regular first-class mail, or such
other means as the department deems appropriate in the circumstances, within
ten days of the effective date of the revocation of a registration or the
denial of the issuance or renewal of a registration, and shall similarly notify
the applicant or registrant when the registration is issued, renewed, or
reinstated following the department's receipt of a withdrawal of the
certificate of noncompliance.
110.36(7) Appeal rights. Notwithstanding Iowa Code section 17A.18, the
registrant does not have the right to a hearing regarding this issue, but may
request a court hearing pursuant to Iowa Code section 252J.9.
[Filed 7/15/98, effective 10/1/98]
[Published 8/12/98]
EDITOR'S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/12/98.
ARC 8225A
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 502.607, the Insurance Division
hereby amends Chapter 50, "Regulation of Securities Offerings and Those Who
Engage in the Securities Business," Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment allows broker-dealers, investment advisers, broker-dealer
agents, and investment adviser representatives to advertise their products and
services over the Internet without violating certain registration provisions of
Iowa Code chapter 502.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the June 17, 1998, Iowa
Administrative Bulletin as ARC 8070A. No comments were received. The
adopted amendment is identical to that published under Notice.
This amendment will become effective on September 16, 1998.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section 502.301.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend 191--Chapter 50 by adopting the following new rule:
191--50.35(502) Internet advertising by broker-dealers, investment
advisers, broker-dealer agents, and investment adviser representatives.
50.35(1) Broker-dealers, investment advisers, broker-dealer agents, and
investment adviser representatives who use the Internet, the worldwide web, and
similar proprietary or common carrier electronic systems ("Internet") to
disseminate information on available products and services, through certain
communications made on the Internet directed generally to anyone having access
to the Internet, and transmitted through postings on bulletin boards, displays
on home pages or similar methods ("Internet communication"), shall not be
deemed to be transacting business in this state for purposes of Iowa Code
section 502.301, based solely on that communication, if the following
conditions are observed:
a. The Internet communication contains a legend which clearly states that:
(1) The broker-dealer, investment adviser, broker-dealer agent or investment
adviser representative may only transact business in this state if first
registered or excluded or exempted from state broker-dealer, investment
adviser, broker-dealer agent or investment adviser representative registration
requirements; and
(2) The broker-dealer, investment adviser, broker-dealer agent or investment
adviser representative will not effect or attempt to effect transactions in
securities, or render personalized investment advice for compensation, as may
be, absent compliance with state broker-dealer, investment adviser,
broker-dealer agent or investment adviser representative registration
requirements, or an applicable exemption or exclusion;
b. The Internet communication contains a mechanism including, without
limitation, technical "firewalls" or other policies and procedures to ensure
that, prior to effecting or attempting to effect transactions with customers in
this state, or prior to direct communication with prospective customers or
clients in this state, said broker-dealer, investment adviser, broker-dealer
agent or investment adviser representative is first registered in this state or
qualifies for an exemption or exclusion from the registration requirements.
Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to relieve a
state-registeredbroker-dealer, investment adviser, broker-dealer agent or
investment adviser representative from complying with any applicable securities
registration requirement in this state;
c. The broker-dealer, investment adviser, broker-dealer agent or investment
adviser representative does not, through the Internet communication, effect or
attempt to effect transactions in securities in this state, or render
personalized investment advice for compensation, as may be, but limits the
Internet communication to general information on products and services; and
d. In the case of a broker-dealer agent or investment adviser
representative:
(1) The agent's broker-dealer or investment adviser affiliation is prominently
disclosed within the Internet communication;
(2) The broker-dealer or investment adviser with whom the agent or
representative is affiliated retains responsibility for reviewing and approving
the content of any Internet communication by the broker-dealer agent or
investment adviser representative;
(3) The broker-dealer or investment adviser with whom the agent or
representative is associated first authorizes the dissemination through the
Internet communication of information on the particular products and services;
and
(4) In disseminating information through the Internet communication, the
broker-dealer agent or investment adviser representative acts within the scope
of the authority granted by the broker-dealer or investment adviser.
50.35(2) Nothing in this rule shall excuse broker-dealer, investment
adviser, broker-dealer agent, and investment adviser representative compliance
with applicable securities registration, antifraud or related provisions.
50.35(3) Nothing in this rule shall be construed to affect the
activities of any broker-dealer, investment adviser,broker-dealer agent or
investment adviser representative engaged in business in this state that is not
subject to the jurisdiction of the administrator as a result of the National
Securities Markets Improvements Act of 1996.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 502.301.
[Filed 7/22/98, effective 9/16/98]
[Published 8/12/98]
EDITOR'S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/12/98.
ARC 8236A
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE DIVISION[645]
BOARD OF SOCIAL WORK EXAMINERS
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the Iowa Board of Social
Work Examiners hereby amends Chapter 280, "Board of Social Work Examiners,"
Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments change the Board quorum from five members to four members,
establish supervision requirements and parameters for licensure at the
independent level of licensure, and provide some clarifying language.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the May 6, 1998, Iowa Administrative
Bulletin as ARC 7987A. A public hearing was held on May 27, 1998, from
9 to 11 a.m. in the Fourth Floor Conference Room, Side 1, Lucas State Office
Building, Des Moines, Iowa. No written or verbal comments were received. With
the exception of the addition of definition of "LISW," these amendments are
identical to the ones published under Notice of Intended Action.
The Board has determined that the amendments will have no impact on small
business within the meaning of Iowa Code section 17A.31.
These amendments were adopted by the Board on July 14, 1998.
These amendments will become effective on September 16, 1998.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 154C and 272C.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 645--280.1(154C) by adding the following
new definition in alphabetical order:
"LISW" means licensed independent social worker.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 280.2(1) as follows:
280.2(1) The board consists of five members appointed by the
governor and confirmed by the senate. Three members are licensed to practice
social work and two members, who are not licensed to practice social work,
shall represent the general public. A quorum shall consist of three members of
the board. As of July 1, 1998, the board shall consist of a total of
seven members, five who are licensed to practice social work, with at least one
from each of three levels of licensure described in Iowa Code section 154C.3,
subsection 1, two employed by a licensee under Iowa Code chapter 237, and two
who are not licensed social workers and who shall represent the general public.
A quorum shall consist of five four members of the
board.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 280.2(2) as follows:
280.2(2) A chairperson, vice chairperson, and
secretary, to the board, and delegate and alternate
delegate to the AASSWB American Association of State Social
Work Boards (AASSWB) shall be elected at the first meeting after April 30
of each year.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 280.3(3), paragraph "e," as follows:
e. Supervision is 1 hour of face-to-face contact for every 15 hours of
practice unless a waiver is granted by the board. Supervision shall
be provided in either any of the following manners:
(1) By a social worker licensed at least at the
independent level of the social worker
work being supervised and as qualified under
this section rule 280.8(154C) to
practice without supervision.
(2) By another qualified professional, if the board of social work examiners
determines that supervision by a social worker as defined in
subparagraph (1) rule 280.8(154C) is unobtainable or in
other situations considered appropriate by the board.
ITEM 5. Rescind subrule 280.3(4).
ITEM 6. Amend subrule 280.4(1) as follows:
280.4(1) Any person seeking a license shall complete and submit to the
board a completed application form, which form is provided by the board, to the
board office no later than 45 days prior to the date of the electronic
examination. From July 1, 1996, to June 30, 1998, any person seeking a
license shall complete and submit to the board a completed application form at
any time unless the person is choosing to sit for the examination, in which
case the application must be received by the board office no later than 45 days
prior to the date of the electronic examination.
ITEM 7. Adopt new rule 645--280.8(154C) as follows:
645--280.8(154C) Supervision.
280.8(1) Supervision for independent social work license. All social
workers who seek to attain licensure as an independent social worker shall have
practiced social work in a supervised setting in accordance with the following
requirements.
a. To be eligible for licensure as an independent social worker, a candidate
must obtain two years of full-time practice or 4,000 hours of post-master's
social work degree experience over a minimum two-year and maximum six-year
period. Of these two years of full-time practice or 4,000 hours of
post-master's social work degree experience, at least 110 hours of supervision
is required. This 110 hours of supervision must be equitably distributed
throughout a minimum of a two-year period. The board retains the authority to
review extraordinary circumstances relevant to the time parameters of
supervised practice. No more than 60 hours of the 110 hours can be provided in
group supervision. Group supervision may be composed of no more than six
supervisees per group. The board maintains the authority to grant exceptions
to the time parameters of supervised practice upon written request of the
applicant.
b. Supervision must be in face-to-face meetings between the supervisor and the
supervisee unless the board has granted an exception allowing for an alternate
form of supervision, upon written request of the applicant.
280.8(2) Qualifications for supervisor. An individual providing
supervision to an LISW candidate shall be a licensed independent social worker.
An individual licensed in another state and providing supervision for an Iowa
LISW candidate must be licensed at a level equivalent to Iowa's LISW level.
a. A supervisor of an LISW candidate must have a minimum of 2,000 hours of
practice earned over a period of two years of practice beyond receipt of a
license to practice independent social work in Iowa or the equivalent license
from another state.
b. Exceptions to this rule shall be made on an individual basis. Requests for
alternative supervisors must be submitted in writing, and the board must
approve the supervisor prior to commencement of the supervision.
280.8(3) Supervision responsibilities.
a. Setting of supervision. If supervision is not provided within the agency of
employment, the supervisee must obtain a written release from the agency
administrator pertaining to practice with agency clients. If this is not
possible, then the supervisee and agency supervisor may request, in writing, an
exception to this rule.
b. Plan for supervision. A plan for supervision must be established and
maintained throughout the supervisory period. Such a plan must be kept by the
supervisor for a period of seven years and must be submitted to the board upon
its request for audit within 30 days from receipt of the request. A
grandparenting period of one year from September 16, 1998, shall be granted to
all those who have started supervision as provided in the prior administrative
rules. The board reserves the right to audit such plans.
c. Content areas for supervision. The supervisor is responsible for
supervision within the following content areas:
(1) Practice skills.
(2) Practice management skills.
(3) Skills required for continuing competence.
(4) Development of professional identity.
(5) Ethical practice.
d. The areas of supervisory accountability shall include:
(1) Area of social work practice.
(2) Agency providing services.
(3) Legal and regulatory requirements.
(4) Ethical standards of the profession.
(5) Acceptance of professional responsibility for the social work services
provided by the supervisee.
280.8(4) Documentation for supervision of independent
practice.
a. A plan for supervision must be created at the beginning of a period of
supervision and be maintained by the supervisor. If there is a change of
supervisors, it is the responsibility of the LISW candidate to have a
termination evaluation completed by that supervisor and to provide a copy to
the next supervisor. The LISW candidate must also provide the supervisor the
supervision report sheet described in paragraph "b" below.
b. At the end of supervision, any and all supervisors shall complete a
supervision report sheet. This sheet shall be answered in full and signed by
both the supervisor and supervisee. This report shall be submitted to the
board for review and approval prior to the completion of the LISW level
examination.
[Filed 7/24/98, effective 9/16/98]
[Published 8/12/98]
EDITOR'S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/12/98.
ARC 8231A
RACING AND GAMING COMMISSION[491]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 99D.7 and 99F.4, the Iowa
Racing and Gaming Commission hereby adopts amendments to Chapter 1,
"Organization and Operation," Chapter 5, "Applications for Track Licenses and
Racing Dates," and Chapter 20, "Application Process for Excursion Boats and
Racetrack Enclosure Gaming License," Iowa Administrative Code.
Item 1 does not allow the licensee to permit the operation of a satellite
terminal as defined in Iowa Code section 527.2.
Item 2 limits the location and number of racetracks.
Item 3 limits the number and locations of licenses to conduct gambling games on
excursion boats.
These adopted amendments are similar to those published under Notice of
Intended Action in the June 17, 1998, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC
8071A with the exception of Item 1 which was rewritten as a result of
public comment. Items 2 and 3 were changed by deleting the language that would
not have allowed any increase in the number of gambling games or slot machines.
This was also as a result of public comments.
A public hearing was held on July 7, 1998. Comments were received and
distributed to the Administrative Rules Committee at their July 13, 1998,
meeting.
These amendments will become effective September 16, 1998.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 99D and 99F.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 491--1.6(99D,99F) by adopting the following
new subrule:
1.6(4) Satellite terminal. A licensee shall not permit or facilitate
the operation of a satellite terminal, as defined in Iowa Code section 527.2,
or any other device or arrangement, by which credit is given to a licensee's
customer through use of a credit card, as defined by Iowa Code section
537.1301(16). This provision, however, does not prohibit:
a. The exchange of money for tokens, chips, or other forms of credit to be
wagered on gambling games as specifically authorized by Iowa Code section
99F.9; or
b. The sale of lodging, food, beverages, or other nongambling services or
products by credit card purchase.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 491--5.1(99D) by adopting the following new
subrule:
5.1(5) Limitation on location and number of racetracks.
a. The number of licenses to conduct horse racing shall be one for a racetrack
located in Polk County and the number of licenses to conduct dog racing shall
be two, one for a racetrack located in Dubuque County and one for a racetrack
located in Pottawattamie County.
b. Notwithstanding paragraph "a," with the approval of the commission:
(1) A licensed racetrack and its facilities may be sold and a new license may
be issued for operation in the same county.
(2) A licensed racetrack may move to a new location within the same county.
(3) If a racetrack license is surrendered, not renewed, or revoked, a new
license may be issued for operation in the same county.
ITEM 3. Amend 491--Chapter 20 by adopting the following new
rule:
491--20.22(99F) Limitation on the number and locations of licenses to
conduct gambling games on excursion boats.
20.22(1) The total number of licenses issued to conduct gambling games
on excursion boats shall not exceed ten and shall be restricted to the counties
where such boats were operating (or licensed to operate in the future) as of
May 1, 1998.
20.22(2) Notwithstanding subrule 20.22(1), with the approval of the
commission:
a. A licensed excursion gambling boat may move to a new location within the
same county.
b. A licensed excursion gambling boat and its facilities may be sold and a new
license issued for operation in the same county.
c. If a license to conduct gambling games on an excursion gambling boat is
surrendered, not renewed, or revoked, a new license may be issued for operation
in the same county.
[Filed 7/24/98, effective 9/16/98]
[Published 8/12/98]
EDITOR'S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/12/98.
ARC 8237A
VETERANS AFFAIRS COMMISSION[801]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 35A.3(2) and 35A.3(12), the
Veterans Affairs Commission hereby amends Chapter 1, "Organization and
Procedures," Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment reflects current Commission operating procedure, which is to
select a chairperson, a senior vice-chairperson and a junior vice-chairperson
at the first meeting of each state fiscal year.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the January 28, 1998, Iowa
Administrative Bulletin as ARC 7780A. The adopted amendment is
identical to that published under Notice.
This amendment was approved during the July 15, 1998, meeting of the Veterans
Affairs Commission.
This amendment will become effective September 16, 1998.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section 35A.3, subsection
(1).
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend subrule 1.2(3), paragraph "a," as follows:
a. Organize and annually select a chairperson, and
senior vice-chairperson and a junior vice-chairperson at the
first meeting of each state fiscal year.
[Filed 7/24/98, effective 9/16/98]
[Published 8/12/98]
EDITOR'S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/12/98.
Previous Bulletin
Table of Contents
Next Bulletin
© 1998 Cornell College and
League of Women Voters of Iowa
Comments about this site or page?
lsbinfo@legis.state.ia.us.
Please remember that the person listed above does not vote on bills. Direct all comments concerning legislation to State Legislators.
Last update: Tue Aug 25 12:53:00 CDT 1998
URL: /Rules/1998/Bulletin/acb980812.html
sam